Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Index to Financial Statements



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K

(Mark One)  

ý

ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007

or

o

TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Transition Period from                             to                              

Commission File No. 001-32919


Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  20-3672603
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

8120 Shaffer Parkway
Littleton, CO
(Address of principal executive offices)

 

80127
(Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number including area code: 303-285-9885

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
  Name of Each Exchange on Which
Registered

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share   The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Class A Warrants    
Class B Warrants    

         Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  o     No  ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the issuer is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes  o     No  ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the issuer (1) filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the past 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such report(s), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý     No  o

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  o     No  ý

         As of June 29, 2007, the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held by non-affiliates was $53,089,697, based upon the last reported sale price of the registrant's common stock on that date as reported by Nasdaq.

         As of February 29, 2008, there were 11,683,628 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding.




ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Form 10-K Annual Report
for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2007


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  Page
PART I   5
  Item 1.   Business   5
  Item 1A.   Risk Factors   13
  Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments   25
  Item 2.   Properties   25
  Item 3.   Legal Proceedings   25
  Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   25

PART II

 

26
  Item 5.   Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   26
  Item 6.   Selected Financial Data   27
  Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   28
  Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   38
  Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   38
  Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   38
  Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures   38
  Item 9B.   Other Information   39

PART III

 

40
  Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance   40
  Item 11.   Executive Compensation   44
  Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   49
  Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence   51
  Item 14.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services   53

PART IV

 

55
  Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules   55

2



FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes "forward-looking statements" that involve risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include statements concerning our plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events, future net sales or performance, capital expenditures, financing needs, plans or intentions relating to acquisitions, business trends and other information that is not historical information and, in particular, appear under headings including "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business." When used in this Annual Report, the words "estimates," "expects," "anticipates," "projects," "plans," "intends," "believes," "forecasts," "foresees," "likely," "may," "should," "goal," "target" and variations of such words or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements are based upon information available to us on the date of this Annual Report.

        These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are outside of our control, that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements, including, among other things, the matters discussed in this Annual Report in the sections captioned "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." Factors you should consider that could cause these differences are:

3


        There may be other factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results referred to in the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances after the date made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law.

         References to "we," "us," "our," "Ascent," "Ascent Solar" or the "Company" in this Annual Report mean Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc.

4



PART I

Item 1.    Business

Business Overview

        We are a development stage company formed in October 2005 to commercialize flexible photovoltaic (PV) modules using proprietary technology. Our technology was initially developed at ITN Energy Systems, Inc. (ITN) by our founder and core scientific team beginning in 1994 and subsequently assigned and licensed to us. Our proprietary manufacturing process deposits multiple layers of materials, including a thin film of highly efficient copper-indium-gallium-diselenide (CIGS) semiconductor material, on a flexible, lightweight, plastic substrate and then laser patterns the layers to create interconnected PV cells, or PV modules, in a process known as monolithic integration. We believe that our technology and manufacturing process provides us with significant advantages over both the crystalline silicon (c-Si) based PV manufacturers that currently dominate the PV market, as well as other thin-film PV manufacturers that use rigid and/or heavier substrate materials such as glass, stainless steel or other metals.

        Because our thin-film PV modules require less than 1% of the semiconductor material to achieve the same power output as a c-Si-based PV device, we do not face the supply constraints and raw material costs that affect silicon-based PV manufacturers. Also, relative to our thin-film competitors, our use of CIGS on a flexible, lightweight, plastic substrate not only allows for integration of our PV modules into a variety of building materials and electronic products, but also should enable a reduction in the cost-per-watt ratios, and increases in the power-to-weight and power-to-area ratios, that our PV modules are able to achieve. These metrics will be critical as we position ourselves to compete in both the high value-added, integrated PV markets and the commodity solar panel market. We also believe that, when employed on a sufficiently large commercial scale, our large-format, roll-to-roll manufacturing process and proprietary monolithic integration techniques will allow us to achieve a per watt manufacturing cost lower than that of our competitors and ultimately to attain grid parity— i.e.,  the point at which the cost of our PV-generated power is equal to that of retail power distributed from the electric utility grid—in certain geographic markets within five years. We currently are on schedule to begin limited commercial production of our PV modules in the second quarter of 2008 and plan to expand our rated production capacity to approximately 30 megawatts (MW) by the end of 2009. Thereafter, we intend to expand our rated production capacity incrementally as we install and qualify additional production tools, achieving approximately 60 MW of aggregate rated production capacity by the end of 2010 and approximately 110 MW of aggregate rated production capacity by the end of 2011. We believe that we are the only company focused on commercial scale production of PV modules using CIGS on a flexible, plastic substrate.

        Our target markets include the building integrated PV (BIPV) market, in which solar modules are incorporated directly into building and construction materials, the electronic integrated PV (EIPV) market, in which solar modules are incorporated directly into portable electronic devices, and the commodity solar panel market. In the BIPV and EIPV markets, we intend to be the supplier of choice by offering high-performance, flexible PV modules that can be integrated directly into products such as roofing shingles, siding and facades, metal and composite panels and roofing membranes in the BIPV market, and electronic packages, casings, battery packs and portable power systems in the EIPV market. In the commodity solar panel market, we intend to leverage our low-cost manufacturing process to compete primarily on the basis of price.

        Our marketing and distribution strategy is based on the formation of strategic relationships with key partners, including original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), system integrators and distributors, who deal directly with end-users in our target markets. In 2007, we entered into a strategic relationship with Norsk Hydro Produksjon AS (together with its affiliates, Norsk Hydro). Norsk Hydro is a major global supplier of aluminum-based building systems, and pursuant to our relationship, we intend to

5



integrate our flexible PV modules into building products produced and sold by Norsk Hydro, including sun-shading systems, wall systems and facades. Also, in February 2008, we announced the mutual pursuit of a series of strategic relationships with ITOCHU Corporation (ITOCHU) pursuant to which ITOCHU would, among other things, manage our OEM relationships in Japan and support distribution of our PV modules into markets in which ITOCHU is pursuing solar installations. We currently are in discussions with a number of other market participants to establish similar non-exclusive relationships in a variety of geographic markets worldwide.

        While focused on speed to market, we believe that quality and consistency of product will be paramount to our success in the marketplace. Consequently, our path to commercialization is defined by a highly disciplined, staged progression based upon the achievement of key milestones and supported by over thirteen years of concerted research and development activity by our scientists. In keeping with this philosophy, we completed construction of a 1.5 MW production line in December 2007 after having consistently achieved PV cell conversion efficiencies of approximately 10% to 12%, and PV module conversion efficiencies of approximately 6% to 8%, and as high as 9.6%, in a pre-production prototyping and test facility that we have operated since the fourth quarter of 2006. Conversion efficiency is the percentage of energy from absorbed light that a device is able to convert into electrical energy. Over time and with further refinement of our existing processes, we believe that our PV modules should be able to achieve efficiencies of 10% to 12%, significantly greater than the 6% conversion efficiency threshold that we believe is necessary for our products to be commercially acceptable in the current marketplace. We are now testing and qualifying the 1.5 MW production line in anticipation of commencing limited commercial production during the second quarter of 2008 with an emphasis on module testing and further optimization of production yield. The 1.5 MW production line incorporates into an integrated process each of the discrete manufacturing steps that have been previously tested in our pre-production prototyping and test facility. We expect to manufacture approximately 2 MW of product on this production line between mid-2008 and the end of 2009 while concurrently working with Norsk Hydro, ITOCHU and other strategic partners to qualify products for sale to end-users. Our manufacturing expansion plan entails the design, installation, qualification, testing and operation of additional production tools to increase our rated production capacity. We plan to expand our rated production capacity to approximately 30 MW by the end of 2009, and thereafter we intend to expand our rated production capacity incrementally as we install and qualify additional production tools, achieving approximately 60 MW of aggregate rated production capacity by the end of 2010 and approximately 110 MW of aggregate rated production capacity by the end of 2011. However, the actual production levels that we are able to realize at any point during our planned expansion will depend on a variety factors, including our ability to optimize our production process to achieve targeted production yields and module efficiencies.

Commercialization and Manufacturing Expansion Plan

        We intend to be the first company to manufacture large, roll-format, PV modules in commercial quantities that use CIGS on a flexible, plastic substrate. Our manufacturing expansion plan entails the design, installation, qualification, testing and operation of additional production tools to increase our rated production capacity. We intend to incrementally expand our aggregate production capacity to 110 MW by attaining the following milestones within the time frames indicated:

    Second quarter of 2008: commence limited commercial production on 1.5 MW production line.

    Third quarter of 2008: begin certification and qualification of products through Underwriters Laboratory, Inc. (UL), International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) and Technischer Überwachungs-Verein Rheinland (TÜV).

    Third quarter of 2008: begin procuring production tools for the first 30 MW of incremental rated capacity.

6


    Fourth quarter of 2008: complete certification of products from 1.5 MW production line.

    Third quarter of 2009: begin procuring production tools for the second 30 MW of incremental rated capacity.

    Fourth quarter of 2009: complete qualification of production tools for the first 30 MW of incremental rated capacity and commence production at 30 MW of aggregate rated capacity.

    Third quarter of 2010: begin procuring production tools for the final 50 MW of incremental rated capacity.

    Fourth quarter of 2010: complete qualification of production tools for the second 30 MW of incremental rated capacity and commence production at 60 MW of aggregate rated capacity.

    Fourth quarter of 2011: complete qualification of production tools for the final 50 MW of incremental rated capacity and commence production at 110 MW of aggregate rated capacity.

        Although we currently plan to expand our production capacity in accordance with the timeline above, the actual timing and amount of production capacity that we install may significantly deviate from the above plan due to market conditions, availability of financing, timeliness of delivery of production tools, product performance and other factors described in this Annual Report.

Advantages of CIGS on a Flexible Plastic Substrate

        Thin-film PV solutions differ based on the type of semiconductor material chosen to act as a sunlight absorbing layer, and also on the type of substrate on which the sunlight absorbing layer is affixed. We believe that we are the only company currently focused on commercial scale production of PV modules using CIGS on a flexible, plastic substrate. We utilize CIGS as a semiconductor material because, at the laboratory level, it has a higher demonstrated cell conversion efficiency than amorphous silicon (a-Si) and cadmium telluride (CdTe). We also believe that CIGS offers other compelling advantages over both a-Si and CdTe, including:

    CIGS versus a-Si:   Although a-Si, like CIGS, can be deposited on a flexible substrate, its conversion efficiency, which already is generally much lower than that of CIGS, measurably degrades when it is exposed to ultraviolet light, including natural sunlight. To mitigate such degradation, manufacturers of a-Si solar cells are required to implement measures that add cost and complexity to their manufacturing processes.

    CIGS versus CdTe:   Although CdTe modules have achieved conversion efficiencies that are generally comparable to CIGS in production, we believe that CdTe has never been successfully applied to a flexible substrate on a commercial scale. We believe that the use of CdTe on a rigid, transparent substrate, such as glass, makes CdTe unsuitable for a number of the applications that we are targeting in the BIPV and EIPV markets.

        Our choice of substrate material further differentiates us from other thin-film PV manufacturers. We believe that the use of a flexible, lightweight substrate provides clear advantages in the higher value-added BIPV and EIPV markets, where rigid substrates are unsuitable for many applications. We also believe that our use of a flexible, plastic substrate provides us significant cost advantages because it enables us to employ monolithic integration techniques that we believe are unavailable to manufacturers who use flexible, metal substrates. Accordingly, we are able to eliminate the need for costly back-end assembly of inter-cell connections. As the only company, to our knowledge, focused on the commercial production of PV modules using CIGS on a flexible, plastic substrate, we believe we have the opportunity both to penetrate the BIPV and EIPV markets with a high quality, value-added product and also to compete in the commodity solar panel market as a low-cost producer.

7


Competitive Strengths

        We believe we possess a number of competitive strengths that provide us with an advantage over our competitors.

    We are an early mover in CIGS technology with a proprietary, flexible, lightweight PV product that positions us to penetrate a wide range of attractive high value-added markets. By applying CIGS to a flexible, plastic substrate, we have developed a PV module that is efficient, lightweight and malleable, providing unique opportunities for integration into building material products (such as roofing shingles, siding and facades, metal and composite panels and roofing membranes) and electronic components (such as electronic packages, casings, battery packs and portable power systems). Relative to our competitors, we believe that our early mover advantage in CIGS technology has placed us on an accelerated path to commercialization with a superior product offering.

    We have the ability to manufacture PV modules for different markets and for customized applications without altering our production processes. Our ability to produce PV modules in customized shapes and sizes, or in a variety of shapes and sizes simultaneously, without interrupting our production flow provides us with flexibility in determining target markets and product applications, and allows us to respond quickly to changing market conditions. Many of our competitors are limited by their technology and/or their manufacturing processes to a more restricted set of product opportunities.

    Our integrated, roll-to-roll manufacturing process and proprietary monolithic integration techniques provide us a cost advantage over our competitors. Historically, manufacturers have formed PV modules by manufacturing individual solar cells and then interconnecting them. Our large-format, roll-to-roll manufacturing process allows for integrated production. In addition, our proprietary monolithic integration techniques allow us to utilize laser patterning to create interconnects, thereby creating PV modules at the same time we create PV cells. In so doing, we are able to eliminate an entire back-end processing step, saving time as well as labor and manufacturing costs relative to our competitors.

    Our strategic relationship with Norsk Hydro provides us with direct access to a large customer base in the global BIPV market. Norsk Hydro is a major global supplier of aluminum-based building systems, and our relationship provides us with a strong, established development and marketing partner for accessing the BIPV market in an accelerated manner. Together with Norsk Hydro, we are in the process of developing a product line that would incorporate our PV modules into various Norsk Hydro products such as sun-shading systems, wall systems and facades.

    Our proven research and development capabilities position us to continue the development of next-generation PV modules and technologies. Our ability to produce CIGS-based PV modules on a flexible plastic substrate is the result of a concerted research and development effort that began more than thirteen years ago. We continue to pursue research and development in an effort to drive efficiency improvements in our current PV modules and to work toward next-generation technologies and additional applications.

Markets and Marketing Strategy

        Our target markets include the BIPV market, in which solar modules are incorporated directly into building and construction materials, the EIPV market, in which solar modules are incorporated directly into portable electronic devices, and the commodity solar panel market. In the BIPV and EIPV markets, we intend to be the supplier of choice by offering high-performance, flexible PV modules that can be integrated directly into products such as roofing shingles, siding and facades, metal and composite panels and roofing membranes in the BIPV market, and electronic packages, casings, battery

8



packs and portable power systems in the EIPV market. In the commodity solar panel market, we intend to leverage our low-cost manufacturing process to compete primarily on the basis of price.

        Our marketing and distribution strategy is based on the formation of strategic relationships with key partners, including OEMs, system integrators and distributors, who deal directly with end-users in our target markets. In 2007, we entered into a strategic relationship with Norsk Hydro, a major global supplier of aluminum-based building systems. Pursuant to that relationship, we are cooperating with Norsk Hydro to integrate our flexible PV modules into building products produced and sold by Norsk Hydro, including sun-shading systems, wall systems and facades. The first of these products is expected to be a line of BIPV louvered sun shading systems that will be marketed under the brand name "Brise Soleil." Norsk Hydro showcased the Brise Soleil product concept at the BATIMAT building exposition in Paris, France in November 2007. We expect product prototyping to continue through the second quarter of 2008 while our PV products are tested and certified. Also, in February 2008, we announced the mutual pursuit of a series of strategic relationships with ITOCHU pursuant to which ITOCHU would, among other things, manage our OEM relationships in Japan and support distribution of our PV modules into markets in which ITOCHU is pursuing solar installations. We currently are in discussions with a number of other market participants to establish similar non-exclusive relationships in a variety of geographic markets worldwide.

        Until we commence production at approximately 30 MW of rated production capacity, which we currently expect will occur by the end of 2009, we intend to supply our strategic partners with PV module samples produced on our 1.5 MW production line to support our partners' development, testing and certification of new integrated products, which also should enable them to identify and cultivate promising market segments. By cooperating with our strategic partners in this way, we hope to create sufficient and consistent demand for our PV modules by the time we commence large scale commercial production of our PV modules using our planned production tools for approximately 30 MW of rated capacity. We also intend to initiate sales of PV modules to these partners from our 1.5 MW production line. With the exception of our planned "commodity modules" (described below), which we expect to sell through various distributors, we envision that we ultimately will serve as a provider of high value-added components to our strategic partners, who will be solely responsible for the marketing, sales and distribution of their integrated building and electronics products. In so doing, we intend to position ourselves as the leading manufacturer and supplier of value-added PV components to the BIPV and EIPV markets.

        Based upon industry reports, we believe that the overwhelming majority of manufacturers in the commodity solar panel market are makers of rigid and relatively heavy glass-encased modules of fixed sizes and power ratings. In this type of commodity market, we believe that cost is one of the main competitive discriminators. We therefore intend to leverage our low-cost manufacturing process to compete primarily on the basis of price, and to develop our own line of standard "commodity modules." Also, by capitalizing on the lightweight features our PV products, we believe that we can reduce overall system installation costs, making our commodity modules more attractive to both installers and end-users.

        Although the BIPV, EIPV and the commodity solar panel markets comprise our immediate target markets, in the longer term, we also intend to pursue opportunities in the space satellite and near-space markets. We expect the space satellite and the near-space markets to evolve more gradually than the terrestrial market principally due to the higher degree of product qualifications and flight testing that will be required. We anticipate that our pathway to the space and near-space markets will be through development of small mini-modules for experimental space qualification tests and then actual flight experiments with government customers, followed by full scale flight arrays on operational systems once the technology and arrays have been fully space qualified. We intend to pursue these opportunities in the longer term because we believe that the space and near-space markets place a premium on performance and offer a correspondingly high-value opportunity for our CIGS PV products.

9


Manufacturing and Manufacturing Strategy

        We manufacture our products by affixing a thin CIGS layer to a flexible, plastic substrate, and by using proprietary monolithic integration techniques that enable us to form complete PV modules without engaging in costly back-end assembly of inter-cell connections. Historically, PV manufacturers made PV modules by bonding or soldering discrete PV cells together. This manufacturing step typically increased manufacturing costs and at times proved detrimental to the overall yield and reliability of the finished product. By eliminating this added step using our proprietary monolithic integration techniques, we believe that we can achieve cost savings in, and increase the reliability of, our PV modules. We also use a large-format, roll-to-roll manufacturing process that permits us to fabricate our flexible PV modules in an integrated sequential operation.

        While focused on speed to market, we believe that quality and consistency of product will be paramount to our success in the marketplace. Consequently, our path to commercialization is defined by a highly disciplined, staged progression based upon the achievement of key milestones and supported by over thirteen years of concerted research and development activity by our scientists. In keeping with this philosophy, we completed construction of a 1.5 MW production line in December 2007 after having consistently achieved PV cell conversion efficiencies of approximately 10% to 12%, and PV module conversion efficiencies of approximately 6% to 8%, and as high as 9.6%, in a pre-production prototyping and test facility that we have operated since the fourth quarter of 2006. Over time and with further refinement of our existing processes, we believe that our PV modules should be able to achieve efficiencies of 10% to 12%, significantly greater than the 6% conversion efficiency threshold that we believe is necessary for our products to be commercially acceptable in the current marketplace. We are now testing and qualifying our 1.5 MW production line in anticipation of commencing limited commercial production during the second quarter of 2008 with an emphasis on further optimization of production yield and module efficiencies.

        Using our 1.5 MW production line as a model, we have commenced engineering and development of our planned production tools for approximately 30 MW of incremental rated capacity. In order to add approximately 30 MW of rated capacity by the end of 2009, we intend to purchase and install production tools that will process one-third meter wide plastic rolls identical to those used in our existing 1.5 MW production line. We expect that the production tools used for the next approximately 80 MW of rated capacity and for future expansions will be engineered to process larger one meter wide rolls, and we have initiated engineering and development of production tools to support our planned expansion to approximately 110 MW of rated capacity by the end of 2011.

        We intend to continue refinement of our manufacturing process in order to enhance parameters such as throughput, efficiency and yield. We also intend to identify and evaluate suitable locations for new production lines, domestically and abroad, that we believe will best serve our target markets and customers.

Competition

        Today the market for PV products is dominated by large silicon cell and silicon module manufacturers. The largest silicon-based manufacturers include Motech Industries, Inc. (Taiwan), Q-cells (Germany), Sanyo Electric Co. Ltd. (Japan), Sharp (Japan) and Suntech Power Holdings Co., Ltd. (China). In all, there are over 20 manufacturers with annual production capacities in excess of 25 MW. We anticipate that while these leaders may continue to dominate the market with their silicon-based products for several years, thin-film manufacturers will begin to capture an increasingly larger share of the market.

        The thin-film component of the industry is largely made up of a broad mix of technology platforms at various stages of development, and consists of a large and growing number of medium- and small-sized companies. Two of the largest thin-film PV manufacturers are First Solar, Inc. (USA) and United Solar Ovonic LLC (USA), each of whom has reported an installed capacity of 100 MW or greater. First

10



Solar manufactures PV modules by depositing CdTe onto rigid glass plates and uses monolithic integration techniques similar to ours in order to create modules. Relative to our lightweight, flexible plastic substrates, PV modules using glass substrates are rigid and heavy. First Solar therefore primarily serves the commodity markets for PV modules that include large scale, grid-connected solar power projects. United Solar Ovonic manufactures thin-film a-Si cells on flexible metal foil and then individually assembles the cells together into modules; we believe that the module integration technique used by United Solar Ovonic is similar to the way c-Si cells are individually assembled together in series and parallel to form an integrated module, adding weight and cost to the assembly. Competitors currently developing or selling CIGS-based PV modules include AVANCIS GmbH & Co. KG, Global Solar Energy, Inc., HelioVolt Corporation, Honda Soltec Co. Ltd., MiaSolé, NanoSolar, Inc., SoloPower, Inc. and Würth Solar GmbH & Co. We believe that a number of manufacturers that traditionally have manufactured and sold c-Si-based modules have entered, or in the future may enter, the market for thin-film PV modules and, potentially, CIGS-based PV modules.

Research and Development and Intellectual Property

        Our core group of scientists has worked together since 1993 in the research and development of CIGS and related PV technologies. We intend to continue to invest in research and development in order to identify next-generation technologies relevant to both our existing and potential new markets. For example, we are pursuing multi-junction CIGS designs that we believe, if successfully deployed, would significantly increase the conversion efficiencies of our existing PV modules. We also are engaged in research and development activities related to longer term opportunities in the evolving space satellite and near-space markets.

        Our technology was initially developed at ITN by our founder and core scientific team beginning in 1994. In early 2006, ITN assigned to us its CIGS PV-specific technologies, and granted to us a perpetual, exclusive, royalty-free, worldwide license to use certain of ITN's existing and future proprietary process and control technologies that, although non-specific to CIGS PV, we believe will be useful in our production of PV modules for our target markets.

        We protect our intellectual property through a combination of trade secrets and patent protections. We own the following patents and published patent applications:

    "Apparatus and Method of Production of Thin Film Photovoltaic Module" (U.S. Patent No. 7,271,333) (issued September 18, 2007)

    "Flexible High Voltage Photovoltaic Array With Integrated Wiring and Control Circuitry, and Associated Methods" (U.S. Provisional App. No. 60/853,609) (filed October 23, 2006)

    "Flexible High Voltage Adaptable Current Photovoltaic Modules, and Associated Methods" (U.S. Provisional App. No. 60/853,610) (filed October 23, 2006)

        In early April 2006, we entered into a non-exclusive patent license agreement with Midwest Research Institute (MRI). MRI manages and serves as operating contractor for the National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL) under a prime contract with the U.S. Department of Energy. Pursuant to the prime contract, MRI acquired the rights to license certain inventions developed at NREL. We have acquired a world-wide, non-exclusive commercial license to the following U.S. patents and their foreign counterparts: U.S. Patent Nos. 5,356,839, 5,441,897 and 5,436,204; European Patent No. EP0694209 and European patent application serial no. 95929367.1 (for the European Union, Belgium, France, United Kingdom, Germany and Netherlands); Japanese Patent Nos. 3130943 and 3258667 and Japanese patent application serial no. 8-508088. The license is effective so long as any claim of the licensed inventions is enforceable. We also have obtained a non-exclusive license from the University of Delaware's Institute of Energy Conversion for U.S. Patent Nos. 6,310,281, 6,372,538, 6,537,845 and 6,562,405, as well as U.S. patent application serial No. 60/620,352. These patents and patent applications relate to the fabrication of CIGS on flexible plastic substrates, the use of laser

11


patterning and thin-film deposition during the fabrication of flexible monolithically-integrated CIGS PV devices and certain process steps that we may use during the manufacturing process.

Suppliers

        We rely on several unaffiliated companies to supply certain raw materials used during the fabrication of our PV modules. We acquire these materials on a purchase order basis and do not have long term contracts with the suppliers, although we may enter into such contracts in the future. We acquire all of our high-temperature plastic from Ube Industries, Ltd. (Japan), although alternative suppliers of similar materials exist. We purchase component molybdenum, copper, indium, gallium, selenium and indium tin oxides from a variety of suppliers. We also currently are in the process of identifying and negotiating arrangements with alternative suppliers of materials in the United States and Asia. We recently announced our intent to explore a strategic relationship with ITOCHU whereby, among other things, ITOCHU would help us source raw materials for our operations. The manufacturing equipment and tools used in our production process have been purchased from various suppliers in Europe, the United States and Asia. Although we have had good relations with our existing equipment and tools suppliers, we intend to monitor and explore opportunities for developing alternative sources.

Employees

        As of February 29, 2008, we had 35 employees (34 full-time), of which 7 were executive officers. We expect the number of employees to grow significantly as we install and increase manufacturing capacity.

Company History

        We were formed in October 2005 from the separation by ITN of its Advanced Photovoltaic Division and all of that division's key personnel and core technologies. ITN, a private company incorporated in 1994, is an incubator dedicated to the development of thin-film, PV, battery, fuel cell and nano technologies. Through its work on research and development contracts for private and government entities, ITN developed proprietary processing and manufacturing know-how applicable to PV products generally, and to CIGS PV products in particular. ITN formed us to commercialize its investment in CIGS PV technologies. In January 2006, ITN assigned to us all its CIGS PV technologies and trade secrets and granted to us a perpetual, exclusive, royalty-free worldwide license to use certain of ITN's proprietary process, control and design technologies in the production of CIGS PV modules. Upon receipt of the necessary government approvals in January 2007, ITN assigned government-funded research and development contracts to us and also transferred the key personnel working on the contracts to us. Today, ITN still provides to us, at cost, a variety of administrative and technical services such as facilities management, equipment maintenance, procurement, information technology and technical support services. ITN is wholly owned by Inica, Inc. (Inica). Dr. Mohan Misra, Chairman of our Board of Directors, and an immediate family member own all of the outstanding shares of Inica.

Corporate Information

        We are incorporated under the laws of Delaware, our principal business office is located at 8120 Shaffer Parkway, Littleton, Colorado, and our telephone number is (303) 285-9885. Our website address is www.ascentsolar.com . Information contained on our website or any other website does not constitute part of this annual report.

12


Item 1A.    Risk Factors

         The risks included here are not exhaustive or exclusive. Other sections of this Annual Report may include additional factors which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial performance. We operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risk factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all such risk factors, nor can it assess the impact of all such risk factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Given these risks and uncertainties, investors should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a prediction of actual results.

We have a limited history of operations, have not generated any revenue from operations and have not commenced commercial production of our PV modules.

        We have a limited operating history and have not generated any revenue from operations. We have not completed testing and qualification of our 1.5 MW production line, and until testing and qualification of our 1.5 MW production line is complete, we will not be in a position to commence commercial production of our PV modules. Further, our plans call for expansion of production capacity, but we do not expect to achieve another approximately 30 MW of rated capacity until the end of 2009. Our ability to achieve our business, commercialization and expansion objectives will depend on a number of factors, including whether:

    we successfully qualify our 1.5 MW production line within our planned time frame;

    our products are successfully and timely certified for use in our target markets;

    we successfully qualify production tools to achieve the efficiencies and yields necessary to reach our cost targets as we expand our rated capacity;

    the cost models on which we intend to rely for the manufacture of our PV modules prove accurate;

    we raise sufficient capital to expand our total rated capacity to approximately 110 MW, and whether such capacity will enable us to reach the economies of scale we believe necessary to achieve profitability;

    we receive timely delivery of production tools from our equipment suppliers;

    we effectively manage the planned expansion of our operations; and

    we successfully develop and maintain strategic relationships with key partners, including OEMs, system integrators and distributors, who deal directly with end-users in our target markets.

        Each of these factors is critical to our success, and accomplishing each of these tasks may take longer or cost more than expected, or may never be accomplished. It also is likely that problems that we cannot now anticipate will arise and require solution by us. If we do not, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

We have to date incurred net losses and may be unable to generate sufficient sales in the future to become profitable.

        We incurred net losses of $6.5 million in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 and reported an accumulated deficit of $11.9 million as of December 31, 2007. We expect to incur net losses for the foreseeable future. Our ability to achieve profitability depends on a number of factors, including the growth rate of the solar energy industry, market acceptance of thin-film and other PV modules, the competitiveness of our PV modules and our ability to increase production volumes. If we are unable to generate sufficient revenue to achieve profitability and positive cash flows, we might be unable to satisfy our commitments and may have to discontinue operations. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in establishing ourselves as a profitable enterprise.

13


Our business is based on a new and unproven technology, and if our PV modules or processes fail to achieve the performance and cost metrics that we expect, then we may be unable to develop demand for our PV modules and generate sufficient revenue to support our operations.

        Our CIGS on flexible plastic substrate technology is a new and unproven technology in commercial scale production. Our business plan and strategies assume that we will be able to achieve certain milestones and metrics in terms of throughput, uniformity of cell efficiencies, yield, encapsulation, packaging, cost and other production parameters. We cannot assure you that all of our technology will prove to be commercially viable in accordance with our plan and strategies. Further, we may experience operational problems with such technology after its commercial introduction that could delay or defeat the ability of such technology to generate revenue or operating profits. If we are unable to achieve our targets on time and within our planned budget, then we may not be able to develop adequate demand for our PV modules, and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

We currently do not have certified PV modules and have recorded no sales of such products; further, we expect that significant PV module sales will not occur for some time.

        We have recorded no sales of PV modules and have no contracts for such sales. Because we do not plan to commence commercial production until the second quarter of 2008, and because we believe that our PV modules will need to be certified in order for them to be commercially viable, it will be several months before we record significant PV module sales, if ever. We expect that it will be some time before we can determine whether our expectations relating to our products and their target markets are justified. Further, because we will be required to invest substantial resources in pursuing our target markets in advance of any significant revenue stream that may result from such investments, an unanticipated or longer than expected delay of revenue ramp-up could put a strain on our resources, adversely affecting our business, results of operation and financial condition, and could require us to seek additional capital. See "Risk Factors—Our planned expansion to approximately 110 MW of rated capacity will require additional capital which we may not be able to obtain on favorable terms, if at all, or without dilution to our stockholders."

A failure or unanticipated delay in securing any necessary or desired certification for our PV modules from government or regulatory organizations could impair sales of our PV modules and materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

        In order for our PV modules to be commercially sold for use in our target markets, they must first be certified by certain government or regulatory organizations, such as UL, IEC and TÜV. We believe that in some cases, these certifications would be sought by our customers and, in other cases, by us. A failure or unanticipated delay in securing any necessary or desired certification for our PV modules could impair sales of our PV modules and materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Failure to receive timely delivery of production tools from our equipment suppliers could delay our planned expansion of manufacturing capacity and materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

        Our planned expansion of manufacturing capacity and commercialization timeline depend on the timely delivery of production tools from our equipment suppliers. The relationships with our chosen equipment suppliers are relatively new, and at this point in time we cannot be certain that the equipment orders we place with these suppliers will be fulfilled as we expect or in a timely manner. If delivery of production tools is not made on schedule or at all, then we might be unable to carry out our commercialization and manufacturing expansion plans, produce PV modules in the volumes and at the times that we expect or generate sufficient revenue from operations, and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

14


Failure to expand our manufacturing capacity successfully would adversely impact our ability to sell PV modules into our target markets and would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        Our growth plan calls for the installation and operation of additional production tools to achieve the manufacturing capacities and cost efficiencies necessary to compete in our target markets. The successful completion and operation of future production tools will require substantial engineering resources and is subject to significant risks, including risks of cost overruns and delays, risks that we may not be able to successfully acquire, install, combine or operate the equipment needed, or the possibility that one or more of the production tools may never be qualified or become operational. Furthermore, we may never be able to operate our production processes in high volume, make planned process and equipment improvements, attain projected manufacturing yields or desired annual capacity, obtain timely delivery of production tools, obtain on reasonable terms adequate facilities in which to install the production tools, or hire and train the additional employees and management needed to operate and maintain the production tools. Failure to meet these objectives on time and within our planned budget could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Failure to consummate strategic relationships with key partners in the BIPV and EIPV markets, or with distributors in the commodity solar panel market, could adversely affect our projected sales, growth and revenues.

        We intend to sell thin-film PV modules for use in BIPV and EIPV products, such as roofing shingles, siding and facades, metal and composite panels, roofing membranes, electronic packages, casings, battery packs and portable power systems. We also intend to sell commodity modules for use in the commodity solar panel market. Our marketing and distribution strategy is to form strategic relationships with BIPV and EIPV suppliers to provide a foothold in these target markets. We also intend to form strategic relationships with distributors in the commodity solar panel market. If we are unable to successfully establish working relationships with such market participants, or if due to cost, technical or other factors, our PV modules prove unsuitable for use in such applications, our projected revenues and operating results could be adversely affected. Further, to the extent that we are able to establish strategic relationships with key partners and distributors, those relationships may be on a non-exclusive basis (for example, our strategic relationship with Norsk Hydro is non-exclusive), which means that our partners are not obligated to use us as their sole source of PV modules, and may instead choose to use the products of our competitors. Any such reduction in demand for our PV modules may have a material adverse effect on our revenues, results of operations and financial condition.

Our planned expansion to approximately 110 MW of rated capacity will require additional capital which we may not be able to obtain on favorable terms, if at all, or without dilution to our stockholders.

        Our planned expansion to approximately 110 MW of total rated capacity will require additional capital. We currently are unable to determine what forms of financing, if any, will be available to us. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our existing stockholders could be significantly diluted, and these newly issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders. If we raise additional funds through debt financing, which may involve restrictive covenants, our ability to operate our business may be restricted. We cannot assure you that additional financing will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, if and when needed, our ability to fund our operations, take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, develop or enhance our products, expand capacity to approximately 110 MW of total rated capacity, or otherwise respond to competitive pressures could be significantly limited, and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

15


We may be unable to manage the expansion of our operations effectively.

        We will need to significantly expand our operations in order to reduce the incremental manufacturing costs of our PV modules, secure contracts of commercially material amounts with reputable customers and capture a meaningful share of our target markets. To manage the rapid expansion of our operations, we will be required to improve our operational and financial systems, procedures and controls and expand, train and manage our growing employee base. Our management team will also be required to maintain and cultivate our relationships with customers, suppliers and other third parties and attract new customers and suppliers. In addition, our current and planned operations, personnel, facility size and configuration, systems and internal procedures and controls might be inadequate or insufficient to support our future growth. If we cannot manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to take advantage of market opportunities, execute our business strategies or respond to competitive pressures, resulting in a material and adverse effect to our business, results of operations and financial condition.

As a public company we are subject to complex legal and accounting requirements that require us to incur substantial expenses, and our financial controls and procedures may not be sufficient to ensure timely and reliable reporting of financial information, which, as a public company, could materially harm our stock price and listing on the Nasdaq Global Market.

        As a public company, we are subject to numerous legal and accounting requirements that do not apply to private companies. The cost of compliance with many of these requirements is substantial, not only in absolute terms but, more importantly, in relation to the overall scope of the operations of a small company. Our relative inexperience with these requirements may increase the cost of compliance and may also increase the risk that we will fail to comply. Failure to comply with these requirements can have numerous adverse consequences including, but not limited to, our inability to file required periodic reports on a timely basis, loss of market confidence, delisting of our securities and/or governmental or private actions against us. We cannot assure you that we will be able to comply with all of these requirements or that the cost of such compliance will not prove to be a substantial competitive disadvantage vis-à-vis our privately held and larger public competitors.

        The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley) requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley. We currently expect that we will be required to comply with all the requirements of Section 404 beginning with our annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008. Our compliance with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts.

        The effectiveness of our controls and procedures may in the future be limited by a variety of factors, including:

    faulty human judgment and simple errors, omissions or mistakes;

    fraudulent action of an individual or collusion of two or more people;

    inappropriate management override of procedures; and

    the possibility that any enhancements to controls and procedures may still not be adequate to assure timely and accurate financial information.

        If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, we may be subject to Nasdaq delisting, investigations by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and civil or criminal sanctions.

16


        Our ability to successfully implement our business plan and comply with Section 404 requires us to be able to prepare timely and accurate financial statements. We expect that we will need to continue to improve existing, and implement new operational, financial and accounting systems, procedures and controls to manage our business effectively.

        Any delay in the implementation of, or disruption in the transition to, new or enhanced systems, procedures or controls may cause our operations to suffer, and we may be unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective and to obtain an unqualified report on internal controls from our auditors as required under Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley. If we are unable to complete the required Section 404 assessment as to the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, if we fail to maintain or implement adequate controls, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified report as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the date of our first Form 10-K for which compliance is required, our ability to obtain additional financing could be impaired. In addition, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our internal control over financial reporting and in the accuracy of our periodic reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act). A lack of investor confidence in the reliability and accuracy of our public reporting could cause our stock price to decline.

Our PV modules may never gain market acceptance, in which case we would be unable to sell our PV modules or achieve profitability.

        Demand for our PV modules may never develop, and our PV modules may never gain market acceptance, if we fail to produce PV modules that compete favorably against competing products on the basis of cost, quality, weight, efficiency and performance. Demand for our PV modules also will depend on our ability to develop and maintain successful relationships with key partners, including OEMs, system integrators and distributors. If our PV modules fail to gain market acceptance as quickly as we envision or at all, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

If sufficient demand for PV solutions does not develop or takes longer to develop than we anticipate, we may be unable to grow our business, generate sufficient revenue to attain profitability or continue operations.

        The solar energy industry is at a relatively early stage of development, and the extent to which PV modules, including our own, will be widely adopted is uncertain. If PV technology proves unsuitable for widespread adoption or if demand for PV modules fails to develop sufficiently, we may be unable to grow our business, generate sufficient sales to attain profitability or continue operations. Many factors, many of which are outside of our control, may affect the viability of widespread adoption of PV technology and demand for PV modules, including:

    the cost effectiveness of PV modules and installed PV systems relative to other renewable energy sources, such as wind, geothermal and tidal power;

    the cost effectiveness of PV modules and installed PV systems relative to conventional carbon-based and other energy sources, such as coal, oil, natural gas and nuclear, and whether the levelized cost of PV can approach that of these conventional energy sources;

    whether PV-generated power reaches grid parity in the geographic markets where our products will be used;

    the availability and amount of government subsidies and incentives to support development of the solar energy industry;

    the deregulation of the electric power industry and the broader energy industry;

    the emergence of other disruptive technologies in the energy industry;

17


    the ease with which PV solutions can penetrate and adapt to existing energy industry infrastructure;

    the availability of raw materials used in the manufacture of PV products; and

    availability of capital to fund development of technology in the solar energy market.

If the supply of PV modules exceeds the demand for those modules, then we may be forced to reduce the price of our PV modules in order to compete effectively.

        Some industry reports forecast overcapacity in the PV module market in ensuing years. In an overcapacity scenario, the supply of PV modules by manufacturers outstrips demand for those products. If either the overall PV module market or our target markets encounter an overcapacity scenario, we may be forced to scale back production or reduce the price of our PV modules in order to generate sales. In either case, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

Reduced growth in or the reduction, elimination, modification or expiration of government subsidies and economic incentives for solar electricity applications could reduce demand for our products.

        National, regional and local governmental bodies in many countries, most notably Germany, Italy, Spain, France, South Korea, Japan, Canada and the United States, have provided support in the form of feed-in tariffs, rebates, tax write-offs and other incentives to end-users, distributors, system integrators and manufacturers of PV products. If any of these subsidies or incentives is discontinued, reduced or substantially modified, if growth in any such subsidies or incentives is reduced, or if renewable portfolio standards or similar production requirements are changed or eliminated, demand for our PV modules in the affected country or countries could decline or never develop, and our results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected as a result.

We face intense competition from manufacturers of c-Si-based PV modules, other manufacturers of thin-film PV modules and other companies in the solar energy industry.

        The solar energy and renewable energy industries are both highly competitive and continually evolving as participants strive to distinguish themselves within their markets and compete with the larger electric power industry. We believe that our main sources of competition are c-Si PV manufacturers, other thin-film PV manufacturers and companies developing other solar solutions, such as solar thermal and concentrated PV technologies.

        The thin-film component of the industry is largely made up of a broad mix of technology platforms at various stages of development, and consists of a large and growing number of medium- and small-sized companies. Two of the largest thin-film PV manufacturers are First Solar, Inc. (USA) and United Solar Ovonic LLC (USA), each of which has reported an installed capacity of 100 MW or greater. First Solar manufactures PV modules using CdTe affixed to glass. United Solar Ovonic manufactures PV modules using a-Si affixed to flexible metal foil. Competitors currently developing or selling CIGS-based PV modules include AVANCIS GmbH & Co. KG, Global Solar Energy, Inc., HelioVolt Corporation, Honda Soltec Co. Ltd., MiaSolé, NanoSolar, Inc., SoloPower, Inc. and Würth Solar GmbH & Co. We believe that a number of manufacturers that traditionally have manufactured and sold c-Si-based modules have entered, or in the future may enter, the market for thin-film PV modules and, potentially, CIGS-based PV modules.

        Many of our existing and potential competitors have substantially greater financial, technical, manufacturing and other resources than we do. A competitor's greater size provides them with a competitive advantage because they often can realize economies of scale and purchase certain raw materials at lower prices. Many of our competitors also have greater brand name recognition, established distribution networks and large customer bases. In addition, many of our competitors have

18



well-established relationships with our current and potential partners and distributors and have extensive knowledge of our target markets. As a result of their greater size, these competitors may be able to devote more resources to the research, development, promotion and sale of their products or respond more quickly to evolving industry standards and changes in market conditions than we can. Our failure to adapt to changing market conditions and to compete successfully with existing or future competitors could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

A significant increase in the supply of silicon feedstock or a significant reduction in the manufacturing cost of c-Si-based PV modules could lead to pricing pressures on PV modules generally and force us to reduce the sales price of our PV modules.

        A significant increase in the supply of silicon feedstock or a significant reduction in the manufacturing cost of c-Si-based PV modules could lead to pricing pressures on PV modules generally. In the face of such downward pricing pressures, we might be forced to reduce the sales prices of our PV modules, which, absent a commensurate decrease in our manufacturing costs, could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and prevent us from achieving profitability.

The interests of our largest stockholder, Norsk Hydro, may conflict with our interests or your interests now or in the future.

        Norsk Hydro currently owns approximately 23% of all issued and outstanding shares of our common stock and has an option to acquire up to 35% of all issued and outstanding shares of our common stock. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Transactions Involving Norsk Hydro Produksjon AS." As a result, Norsk Hydro may have the ability to prevent any transaction that requires the approval of stockholders regardless of whether other stockholders believe that any such transaction is in their own best interests. Additionally, Norsk Hydro currently holds one seat on our Board of Directors, which affords Norsk Hydro greater control and influence over matters affecting our business.

        Norsk Hydro may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Norsk Hydro also may pursue opportunities (including by acquisition) that may be adverse to, or be in direct or indirect competition with, us. Additionally, our potential customers may be competitors of Norsk Hydro and our interests in selling to those customers could be divergent from Norsk Hydro's competitive interests. So long as Norsk Hydro continues to own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock, Norsk Hydro may be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions.

Currency translation risk may negatively affect our net sales, cost of sales, gross margin or profitability and could result in exchange losses.

        Although our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, we may conduct business and incur costs in the local currencies of other countries in which we operate, make sales or buy equipment or materials. As a result, we are subject to currency translation risk. For example, in 2007 we purchased equipment from suppliers in Japan, the United Kingdom and Germany, and our capital expenditures exceeded budgeted amounts due to the decline of the U.S. dollar versus the British pound and the euro. Until, and in some cases after, we place firm purchase orders for capital equipment with each of our suppliers, changes in currency exchange rates could significantly increase our capital expenditures beyond what we have budgeted. Further, changes in exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar could affect our net sales and cost of sales and could result in exchange losses. We cannot accurately predict future exchange rates or the overall impact of future exchange rate fluctuations on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

19


We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers for key raw materials, and their failure to perform could cause manufacturing delays and impair our ability to deliver PV modules to customers in the required quality and quantity and at a price that is profitable to us.

        Our failure to obtain raw materials and components that meet our quality, quantity and cost requirements in a timely manner could interrupt or impair our ability to manufacture our PV modules or increase our manufacturing cost. Most of our key raw materials are either sole-sourced or sourced by a limited number of third-party suppliers. As a result, the failure of any of our suppliers to perform could disrupt our supply chain and impair our operations. In addition, many of our suppliers are small companies that may be unable to supply our increasing demand for raw materials as we implement our planned expansion. We may be unable to identify new suppliers in a timely manner or on commercially reasonable terms. Raw materials from new suppliers may also be less suited for our technology and yield PV modules with lower conversion efficiencies, higher failure rates and higher rates of degradation than PV modules manufactured with the raw materials from our current suppliers.

Any change to our relationship with ITN could disrupt certain aspects of our business operations, including our research and development activities.

        Pursuant to a Service Center Agreement in place until December 31, 2009, we have the right to use certain of ITN's laboratories, equipment and research and development tools on an as needed basis. Also, pursuant to an Administrative Services Agreement in place until December 31, 2008, ITN provides us with certain administrative services at cost, such as facilities management, equipment maintenance, procurement, information technology and technical support. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence—Transactions with ITN Energy Systems, Inc." We have relied on these arrangements to conduct a large portion of our research and development activities, including those related to development and improvements of new PV technologies that may affect the viability of our products in the future. We also have relied on these arrangements for back office support services at what we believe are competitive prices. Any change to our existing relationship with ITN, including the sale of ITN to a third party or termination or alteration of the Service Center Agreement or Administrative Services Agreement, could disrupt our research and development activities and other aspects of our business. Among other things, we may be forced to seek and obtain access to different sources of laboratory equipment and tools, or we may be forced to find alternative providers of affected administrative services, or to perform administrative services ourselves. We cannot guarantee that we would be able to do so on the same or as favorable terms than we currently have with ITN, or at all; and the increased costs of alternative arrangements may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our future success depends on retaining our existing management team and hiring and assimilating new key employees, and our inability to attract or retain key personnel would materially harm our business and results of operations.

        Our success depends on the continuing efforts and abilities of our executive officers, including Matthew Foster, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Joseph Armstrong, our Chief Technology Officer, Dr. Prem Nath, our Vice President of Manufacturing, and Dr. Mohan Misra, our Chief Strategy Officer. Our future success also will depend on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled employees, including management, technical and sales personnel. In addition, none of our management or employees is subject to non-compete agreements. The loss of any of our key personnel, the inability to attract, retain or assimilate key personnel in the future, or delays in hiring required personnel could materially harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

20


Our search for and retention of a qualified Chief Financial Officer, or our inability to identify and retain a qualified Chief Financial Officer, could be disruptive to and harm our business.

        We currently do not have and have never had a Chief Financial Officer. If we fail to hire and retain a qualified person to fill that position we may not be able to satisfactorily manage our finances or address the complexities of being a public company. Although we currently are interviewing candidates for our Chief Financial Officer position, we cannot assure you that we will find someone suitable to fill this position. There also are no assurances that our Chief Financial Officer, once retained, will work well with our current management team or that his or her transition into the role will be efficient. Our inability to find and employ a qualified Chief Financial Officer or to facilitate his or her smooth transition into the role could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Problems with product quality or performance may cause us to incur warranty expenses, damage our market reputation and prevent us from maintaining or increasing our market share.

        We do not have sufficient life cycle data for our thin-film PV modules to reliably predict their lifespans in the field. Pending collection of such data over time, we may not be able to offer customers warranty terms equivalent to those of our competitors, which may adversely impact sales or market acceptance of our PV modules. Further, even if we offer warranty terms equivalent to those of our competitors, at this time we cannot guarantee that our PV modules will perform as expected during the lifespans that our customers will expect. If our PV modules fail to perform as expected while under warranty, or if we are unable to support the warranties, sales of our PV modules may be adversely affected or our costs may increase, and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

Our failure to further refine our technology and develop and introduce improved PV modules could render our PV modules uncompetitive or obsolete and adversely affect sales of our PV modules and our ability to be profitable.

        We will need to invest significant financial resources in research and development to keep pace with technological advances in the solar energy industry. However, research and development activities are inherently uncertain and we could encounter practical difficulties in commercializing our research results. Our expenditures on research and development may not produce corresponding benefits. Other companies are developing a variety of competing PV technologies and could produce PV modules that prove more cost-effective or have better performance or reliability than our PV modules. As a result, our PV modules may be rendered obsolete or unattractive by the technological advances of others, which could reduce sales of our PV modules and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our PV modules contain limited amounts of cadmium sulfide, and claims of human exposure or future regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        Our PV modules contain limited amounts of cadmium sulfide, which is regulated as a hazardous material due to the adverse health effects that may arise from human exposure. We cannot assure you that human or environmental exposure to cadmium sulfide used in our PV modules will not occur. Any such exposure could result in third-party claims against us, damage to our reputation and heightened regulatory scrutiny of our PV modules. Future regulation relating to the use of cadmium in various products could impact the manufacture and sale of our PV modules and could require us to incur unforeseen environmental costs. The occurrence of future events such as these could limit our ability to sell and distribute our PV modules, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

21


Environmental obligations and liabilities could have a substantial negative impact on our financial condition, cash flows and profitability.

        We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, including those governing the use, handling, generation, processing, storage, transportation and disposal of, or human exposure to, hazardous and toxic materials, the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, and occupational health and safety. We are also subject to environmental laws which allow regulatory authorities to compel, or seek reimbursement for, cleanup of environmental contamination at sites now or formerly owned or operated by us and at facilities where our waste is or has been disposed. We may incur significant costs and capital expenditures in complying with these laws and regulations. In addition, violations of, or liabilities under, environmental laws or permits may result in restrictions being imposed on our operating activities or in our being subjected to substantial fines, penalties, criminal proceedings, third party property damage or personal injury claims, cleanup costs or other costs. Also, future developments such as more aggressive enforcement policies, the implementation of new, more stringent laws and regulations, or the discovery of presently unknown environmental conditions or non-compliance may require expenditures that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Further, greenhouse gas emissions have increasingly become the subject of international, national, state and local attention. Although future regulations could potentially lead to an increased use of alternative energy, there can be no guarantee that such future regulations will encourage solar technology. Given our limited history of operations, it is difficult to predict future environmental expenses.

Our intellectual property rights may be inadequate to protect our business, which may result in the unauthorized use of our products or reduced sales or otherwise reduce our ability to compete.

        Our business and competitive position depends upon our ability to protect our intellectual property rights and proprietary technology, including any PV modules that we develop. We attempt to protect our intellectual property rights, both in the United States and in foreign countries, through a combination of patent, trade secret and other intellectual property laws, as well as licensing agreements and third-party nondisclosure and assignment agreements. Because of the differences in foreign patent and other laws concerning intellectual property rights, our intellectual property rights may not receive the same degree of protection in foreign countries as they would in the United States. Our failure to obtain or maintain adequate protection of our intellectual property rights for any reason could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Further, any patents issued in connection with our efforts to develop new technology for PV modules may not be broad enough to protect all of the potential uses of our technology.

        We have applied for patent protection in the U.S. relating to certain existing and proposed technologies and processes and services. While we generally apply for patents in those countries where we intend to make, have made, use, or sell patented products, we may not accurately predict all of the countries where patent protection will ultimately be desirable. If we fail to timely file a patent application in any such country, we may be precluded from doing so at a later date. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that any of our patent applications will be approved. We also cannot assure you that the patents issued as a result of our foreign patent applications will have the same scope of coverage as our United States patents. The patents we own could be challenged, invalidated or circumvented by others and may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide us with any meaningful protection or commercial advantage. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe our patents, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our patents.

        Many patent applications in the U.S. are maintained in secrecy for a period of time after they are filed, and since publication of discoveries in the scientific or patent literature tends to lag behind actual discoveries by several months, we cannot be certain that we will be the first creator of inventions covered by any patent application we make or that we will be the first to file patent applications on

22



such inventions. Because some patent applications are maintained in secrecy for a period of time, there is also a risk that we could adopt a technology without knowledge of a pending patent application, which technology would infringe a third party patent once that patent is issued.

        We also rely on unpatented proprietary technology. It is possible that others will independently develop the same or similar technology or otherwise obtain access to our unpatented technology. To protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information, we require our employees, consultants and advisors to execute proprietary information and invention assignment agreements when they begin working for us. We cannot assure you that these agreements will provide meaningful protection of our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure of any such trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information. Despite our efforts to protect this information, unauthorized parties may attempt to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. If we are unable to maintain the proprietary nature of our technologies, we could be materially adversely affected.

        Although we rely on copyright laws to protect the works of authorship created by us, we do not register the copyrights in all of our copyrightable works. Copyrights of U.S. origin must be registered before the copyright owner may bring an infringement suit in the United States. Furthermore, if a copyright of U.S. origin is not registered within three months of publication of the underlying work, the copyright owner is precluded from seeking statutory damages or attorneys' fees in any United States enforcement action, and is limited to seeking actual damages and lost profits. Accordingly, if one of our unregistered copyrights of U.S. origin is infringed by a third party, we will need to register the copyright before we can file an infringement suit in the United States, and our remedies in any such infringement suit may be limited.

        In addition, when others control the prosecution, maintenance and enforcement of certain important intellectual property, such as technology licensed to us, the protection of the intellectual property rights may be outside of our control. If the entity that controls intellectual property rights that are licensed to us does not adequately protect those rights, our rights may be impaired, which may impact our ability to develop, market and commercialize our products. Further, if we breach the terms of any license agreement pursuant to which a third party licenses us intellectual property rights, our rights under that license may be affected and we may not be able to continue to use the licensed intellectual property rights, which could adversely affect our ability to develop, market and commercialize our products.

        Further, some of our patents and related know how and other technology may cover inventions that were conceived or first reduced to practice under, or in connection with, U.S. government contracts or other federal funding agreements. Although we retain ownership of intellectual property developed during the performance of government contracts, the U.S. government may retain a nonexclusive, non-transferable, irrevocable, paid-up license to practice or have practiced for or on behalf of the U.S. the invention throughout the world. Further, the federal government may retain the right to impose a compulsory license in certain circumstances through the exercise of "march-in" rights under which it can compel us to license the intellectual property. If the government were to exercise "march-in" rights, we could be forced to license intellectual property developed by us on terms unfavorable to us, and our business could be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, our ability to exclusively license or assign the intellectual property developed under these federal funding agreements to third parties may be limited or subject to the U.S. government's approval or oversight. These limitations could have a significant impact on the commercial value of the developed intellectual property in the U.S., and similar rights may be present in other countries. If one or more governments should exercise such rights, our ability to achieve profitability could be compromised and our business prospects harmed.

        Our means of protecting our intellectual property rights may not be adequate, and our competitors may: independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information, products and techniques;

23



otherwise gain access to our proprietary information or design around our patents or other intellectual property, which could result in significant costs or substantial damages to our business and our inability to manufacture, market or sell our products.

If third parties claim that we are infringing or misappropriating their intellectual property rights, we could be prohibited from selling our PV modules, be required to obtain licenses from third parties or be forced to develop non-infringing alternatives, and we could be subject to substantial monetary damages and injunctive relief.

        The PV industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent litigation based on allegations of patent infringement. We are aware of numerous issued patents and pending patent applications owned by third parties that may relate to current and future generations of solar energy. The owners of these patents may assert that the manufacture, use or sale of any of our products infringes one or more claims of their patents. Moreover, because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending applications, unknown to us, which may later result in issued patents that materially and adversely affect our business. Third parties could also assert claims against us that we have infringed or misappropriated their intellectual property rights. Whether or not such claims are valid, we cannot be certain that we have not infringed the intellectual property rights of such third parties. Any infringement or misappropriation claim could result in significant costs or substantial damages to our business or an inability to manufacture, market or sell any of our PV modules that are found to infringe or misappropriate. Even if obtaining a license were feasible, it could be costly and time consuming. Even if we were to prevail in any such action, the litigation could result in substantial cost and diversion of resources that could materially and adversely affect our business. The large number of patents, the rapid rate of new patent issuances, the complexities of the technology involved and uncertainty of litigation increase the risk of business assets and management's attention being diverted to patent litigation.

We currently anticipate having substantial international operations that will subject us to a number of risks, including potential unfavorable political, regulatory, labor and tax conditions in foreign countries.

        We expect to expand our operations abroad in the future and, as a result, we may be subject to the legal, political, social and regulatory requirements and economic conditions of foreign jurisdictions. Risks inherent to international operations, include, but are not limited to, the following:

    difficulty in procuring supplies and supply contracts abroad;

    difficulty in enforcing agreements in foreign legal systems;

    foreign countries imposing additional withholding taxes or otherwise taxing our foreign income, imposing tariffs or adopting other restrictions on foreign trade and investment, including currency exchange controls;

    inability to obtain, maintain or enforce intellectual property rights;

    risk of nationalization;

    changes in general economic and political conditions in the countries in which we may operate, including changes in the government incentives we might rely on;

    unexpected adverse changes in foreign laws or regulatory requirements, including those with respect to environmental protection, export duties and quotas;

    difficulty with staffing and managing widespread operations;

    trade barriers such as export requirements, tariffs, taxes and other restrictions and expenses, which could increase the prices of our products and make us less competitive in some countries; and

24


    difficulty of and costs relating to compliance with the different commercial and legal requirements of the international markets in which we plan to offer and sell our PV modules.

        Our business in foreign markets will require us to respond to rapid changes in market conditions in these countries. Our overall success as an international business depends, in part, on our ability to succeed in differing legal, regulatory, economic, social and political conditions. If we are not be able to develop and implement policies and strategies that are effective in each location where we will do business, then our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

Our failure to secure proper sites and facilities in which to install manufacturing equipment could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

        We intend to install manufacturing equipment both domestically and abroad. Selecting suitable locations for this equipment requires consideration of a variety of factors, including availability of a skilled workforce, size and configuration of facilities, proximity to customers, transportation and infrastructure, cost of land and facilities, currency exchange rates and the prevailing political and regulatory environment. A variety of factors related to the location and selection of such sites and facilities could cause our operations to miss our expectations, and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our failure to qualify for Small Business Innovation Research funding could adversely impact our revenues from research and development contracts; further, upon the exercise of "march-in" rights by the federal government, we could be forced to license intellectual property developed by us on terms unfavorable to us.

        We currently receive funding for research and development under the Small Business Innovation Research (SBIR) program. In 2007, our revenues generated from performance of these contracts totaled approximately $1.0 million. In order to continue to qualify for this funding, we must remain American-owned and independently operated and our size must remain under 500 employees. As a result of our relationship with Norsk Hydro and our planned expansion plans, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to continue to qualify for SBIR funding. If we fail to qualify for SBIR funding, our revenues from research and development could decline or cease, and our net income and financial condition could be could materially and adversely affected.

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments

        None.

Item 2.    Properties

        Our facilities are located in Littleton, Colorado. We sublease approximately 14,200 square feet of office and manufacturing space at cost from ITN, which occupies space adjacent to ours. ITN leases the property from the Fontana Family Trust. The sublease expires in June 2010. In 2008, we expect to pay ITN approximately $18,990 per month in rent, plus pass-through expenses such as taxes, insurance, water and utilities. We may sublease additional space from ITN as the need arises.

        In February 2008, we acquired an approximately 120,000 square foot manufacturing and office facility in Thornton, Colorado. We intend eventually to use the facility to house expanded production capacity and as our corporate headquarters. The facility was purchased from JN Properties, LLC, an unaffiliated third party, for $5.5 million. The building purchase price and improvements were financed by the Colorado Housing and Finance Authority (CHFA) with the assistance of the State of Colorado's Energy Office and Office of Economic Development.

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings

        None.

Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

        None.

25



PART II

Item 5.    Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

        Our Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "ASTI." The following table sets forth the high and low sales price information per share for our Common Stock since its initial public offering in July 2006.

Common Stock "ASTI"

 
  High
  Low
Fiscal 2006            
  Third Quarter (since August 10, 2006)   $ 3.50   $ 2.01
  Fourth Quarter   $ 3.95   $ 2.09
Fiscal 2007            
  First Quarter   $ 10.44   $ 2.41
  Second Quarter   $ 11.34   $ 6.99
  Third Quarter   $ 19.75   $ 6.50
  Fourth Quarter   $ 28.35   $ 13.17

Holders

        As of December 31, 2007, the number of record holders of our Common Stock was 51, and there were no holders of Preferred Stock. The vast majority of our publicly-traded shares are held in street name, and we believe that the number of beneficial owners of our stock was approximately 9,400 as of March 5, 2008.

Dividends

        The holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared by our Board of Directors. During the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, we did not pay any dividends, and we do not expect to declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Payment of future dividends will be within the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on, among other factors, our retained earnings, capital requirements, and operating and financial condition.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

        On March 13, 2007, we completed a private placement of securities whereby Norsk Hydro Produksjon AS, a subsidiary of Norsk Hydro ASA, purchased 1,600,000 shares of our common stock (representing 23% of our outstanding common stock post transaction) for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $9.2 million. In connection with the private placement, Norsk Hydro was granted two options, which expire on June 15, 2009, to purchase additional shares and warrants.

        On August 16, 2007 Norsk Hydro acquired an additional 934,462 restricted shares of our common stock and 1,965,690 Class B warrants upon the exercise of one of its options. Gross proceeds to us were approximately $10.5 million, and reflected per share and per warrant purchase prices equal to the average of the closing bids of each security, as reported by Nasdaq, for the five consecutive trading days preceding exercise.

        After acquiring these additional securities, Norsk Hydro held 23% of each of our total outstanding common shares and Class B warrants, after its ownership percentage had been diluted as the result of the exercise and redemption of Class A warrants. Pursuant to its other option, until June 15, 2009,

26



Norsk Hydro has the opportunity to purchase additional shares and Class B warrants, generally at prevailing market prices at the time of exercise, to enable it to hold up to 35% of each class of these securities. Securities were issued by us to Norsk Hydro, an accredited investor, pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to Rule 506 under Regulation D.

        In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, we issued 46,998 unregistered shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options by our employees, directors, consultants and other service providers. The options were granted under our 2005 Stock Option Plan and pursuant to exemptions from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, available under Rule 701. The exercise price of the options exercised was $0.10 per share.

Initial Public Offering Proceeds

        Our initial public offering of units, each unit consisting of one share of common stock, $0.0001 par value, one Class A redeemable warrant and two Class B non-redeemable warrants, was effected through a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (File No. 333-131216) that was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 10, 2006. The Registration Statement covered the offer and sale of 3,000,000 units for an aggregate offering price of $16,500,000. Our initial public offering resulted in aggregate net proceeds to us of approximately $14 million, net of underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses. As of December 31, 2007, the entire net proceeds from the initial public offering were expended and applied approximately as follows:

 
  Amount
Design, building and testing of production line and other non-recurring engineering costs   $ 10,251,000
Repayment of bridge loans     1,681,000
Business development and product qualifications     1,162,000
Research and technology development     197,000
General corporate purposes, net of interest income     709,000
   
Total   $ 14,000,000

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

        None.

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data

        Not required for smaller reporting companies.

27



Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

         The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and the notes to those financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K. This discussion and analysis contains statements of a forward-looking nature relating to future events or our future financial performance. As a result of many factors, our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.

Overview

        We are a development stage company formed to commercialize flexible PV modules using proprietary technology. For the year ended December 31, 2007, we generated approximately $1.0 million in revenues, none of which came from our planned principal operations to commercialize flexible PV modules. As of December 31, 2007, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $11.9 million. Under our current business plan, we expect losses to continue through at least 2009. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through public and private equity financings.

        Our path to commercialization is defined by a highly disciplined, staged progression based upon the achievement of key milestones. We completed construction of a 1.5 MW production line on schedule in December 2007 after having consistently achieved PV cell conversion efficiencies of approximately 10% to 12%, and PV module conversion efficiencies of approximately 6% to 8%, and as high as 9.6%, in a pre-production prototyping and test facility that we have operated since the fourth quarter of 2006. Conversion efficiency is the percentage of energy from absorbed light that a device is able to convert into electrical energy. Over time and with further refinement of our existing processes, we believe that our PV modules should be able to consistently achieve efficiencies of 10% to 12%. We are now testing and qualifying our 1.5 MW production line in anticipation of commencing limited commercial production during the second quarter of 2008 with an emphasis on module testing and further optimization of production yield. Our production line incorporates into an integrated process each of the discrete manufacturing steps that have been previously tested in our pre-production prototyping and test facility.

        Our manufacturing expansion plan entails the design, installation, qualification, testing and operation of additional production tools to increase our rated production capacity, and contemplates the addition of approximately 30 MW of rated capacity by the end of 2009, another approximately 30 MW of rated capacity by the end of 2010 and another approximately 50 MW of rated capacity by the end of 2011. We therefore expect to have approximately 110 MW of rated production capacity in place by the end of 2011. Rated production capacity refers to our expected level of annual production upon optimizing our production process and is based on assumed production yields and module efficiencies. The actual production levels that we are able to realize at any point during our planned expansion will depend on a variety of factors, including our ability to optimize our production process to achieve targeted production yields and module efficiencies. See Risk Factors including "Risk Factors—We have a limited history of operations, have not generated any revenue from operations and have not commenced commercial production of our PV modules."

28


1.5 MW Production Line Status

        The major modifications to our building and facilities in Littleton, Colorado to accommodate the new 1.5 MW production line were completed, and all the requisite production tools and support equipment were delivered and installed, by the fourth quarter 2007. We are currently qualifying the production tools for the following manufacturing processes:

Manufacturing Process

  Manufacturing Tool
Thin-film vacuum coating of molybdenum back contact   Roll-to-roll tool for sputtering
Thin-film vacuum coating of copper, indium, gallium, selenium   Roll-to-roll tool for thermal evaporation
Chemical spray coating of deionized water and cadmium sulfide   Roll-to-roll tool for chemical treatment
Thin-film vacuum coating of transparent conductive oxide (TCO)   Roll-to-roll tool for sputtering
Laser patterning and ink printing of modules   Roll-to-roll monolithic integration tool

        The following diagram is a general illustration of our manufacturing process:

GRAPHIC

        Other tools, including laminators, solar simulators and environmental testing chambers, and characterization and quality control equipment have been installed and qualified and comprise the remainder of the major equipment for our 1.5 MW production line.

        Each tool on the production line must be individually qualified, and operators must be trained to operate each tool within designed control limits that we believe are necessary to ensure production of quality products. When each tool is operating properly and within set standards, we intend to commence operation of the entire 1.5 MW production line as an integrated process and to begin manufacturing modules in order to achieve an initial operating capability (IOC). Our goal is to achieve IOC by the end of the first quarter in 2008, by which time we expect to understand better any operational performance issues with the production tools, quality issues and initial product performance and efficiency levels. During the second quarter of 2008, we intend to focus on manufacturing optimization to achieve desired initial production yields of 65% or greater and module efficiencies of 7% to 8%. In order to achieve these objectives, we must successfully transition the manufacturing

29



processes and performance levels achieved with our prototyping tools to the 1.5 MW production line throughout the first and second quarters of 2008.

        Our principal activities during 2008 will be to qualify our production tools and manufacturing processes, and to produce product for the following purposes: internal product development; testing and qualification; and external product testing to gain UL, IEC and TÜV certifications, one or more of which is necessary for some product and customer applications. Other product uses include demonstrations, joint product development, limited sales and further market development with new strategic partners and customers. Successful accomplishment of our objectives in these areas is necessary to support the commencement of full-scale manufacturing at the 1.5 MW level and to make progress consistent with our current commercialization and manufacturing expansion plan.

Commercialization and Manufacturing Expansion Plan

        We intend to be the first company to manufacture large, roll-format, PV modules in commercial quantities that use CIGS on a flexible, plastic substrate. Our manufacturing expansion plan entails the design, installation, qualification, testing and operation of additional production tools to increase our rated production capacity. We intend to incrementally expand our aggregate production capacity to 110 MW by attaining the following milestones within the time frames indicated:

    Second quarter of 2008: commence limited commercial production on 1.5 MW production line.

    Third quarter of 2008: begin certification and qualification of products through UL, IEC and TÜV.

    Third quarter of 2008: begin procuring production tools for the first 30 MW of incremental rated capacity.

    Fourth quarter of 2008: complete certification of products from 1.5 MW production line.

    Third quarter of 2009: begin procuring production tools for the second 30 MW of incremental rated capacity.

    Fourth quarter of 2009: complete qualification of production tools for the first 30 MW of incremental rated capacity and commence production at 30 MW of aggregate rated capacity.

    Third quarter of 2010: begin procuring production tools for the final 50 MW of incremental rated capacity.

    Fourth quarter of 2010: complete qualification of production tools for the second 30 MW of incremental rated capacity and commence production at 60 MW of aggregate rated capacity.

    Fourth quarter of 2011: complete qualification of production tools for the final 50 MW of incremental rated capacity and commence production at 110 MW of aggregate rated capacity.

        Although we currently plan to expand our production capacity in accordance with the timeline above, the actual timing and amount of production capacity that we install may significantly deviate from the above plan due to market conditions, availability of financing, timeliness of delivery of production tools, product performance and other factors described in this Annual Report. See "Significant Trends, Uncertainties and Challenges" below, and Risk Factors including "Risk Factors—We have a limited history of operations, have not generated any revenue from operations and have not commenced commercial production of our PV modules."

        Although we do not expect that minor delays in product certifications would significantly affect our ability to continue developing product applications with our customers, delays that extend significantly into 2009 likely would impact our ability to develop demand for our PV modules, and would affect our planned sales and results of operations in 2010, when we expect to have commenced production using our planned production tools for approximately 30 MW of rated capacity.

30


        Using our 1.5 MW production line as a model, we have commenced engineering and development of our planned production tools for approximately 30 MW of rated capacity. We plan to procure these production tools by the third quarter of 2008, and to complete installation of the production tools by the end of the second quarter of 2009. Allowing six months to qualify the tools and achieve IOC, we plan to commence production at 30 MW of rated capacity by the end of 2009. In order to qualify approximately 30 MW of rated capacity by the end of 2009, we intend to purchase and install production tools that will process one-third meter wide plastic rolls identical to those used in our existing 1.5 MW production line. Significant delays in the qualification of the 1.5 MW production line and/or delays in the delivery, installation and qualification of additional production tools may impact our real and projected product sales in 2010. Further, satisfactory performance of our 1.5 MW production line is a precursor to achieving our commercial production targets.

        We expect that the production tools used for the next approximately 80 MW of rated capacity and for future capacity expansions will be engineered to process larger one meter wide rolls, and we have initiated engineering and development of production tools to support our planned expansion to 110 MW of rated capacity. Successfully transitioning to one meter wide rolls should significantly increase our throughput, thereby reducing the number of manufacturing tools and, hence, the amount of capital expenditures required for equipment and facilities. Generally speaking, we believe that all other process variables, such as speed, thickness and composition, should remain unchanged. Based upon discussions with our equipment suppliers, we have identified deposition of the CIGS layer in the one meter wide format as the most challenging aspect of transitioning to one meter wide rolls; consequently, we have initiated the development of a one meter wide prototype CIGS production tool to enable us to begin evaluating and testing one meter wide area deposition sources and process control systems. This prototype production tool is scheduled for delivery in the third quarter of 2008, which under our current schedule allows for nine months of testing and evaluation prior to committing the capital in 2009 to procure the one meter format production tools to support further expansion to approximately 110 MW of rated capacity. In addition, we anticipate that our planned expansion to approximately 110 MW of total rated capacity will require additional capital. See "Risk Factors—Our planned expansion to approximately 110 MW of rated capacity will require additional capital which we may not be able to obtain on favorable terms, if at all, or without dilution to our stockholders."

        In February 2008, we acquired an approximately 120,000 square foot manufacturing and office facility in Thornton, Colorado, for approximately $5.5 million. The purchase was financed in part by a promissory note, deed of trust and construction loan agreement with CHFA, which provide us borrowing availability of up to $7.5 million for the building and building improvements. We paid approximately $1.3 million in cash and were advanced approximately $4.2 million from CHFA to fund the initial acquisition of the property. The construction loan terms are to pay interest at 6.6% on only the drawn principal amount until January 1, 2009, at which time the construction loan will be refinanced by a permanent loan. The permanent loan will have an interest rate of 6.6% and the principal will be amortized over a period of approximately 19 years and 2 months consistent with a maturity date 20 years after the incurrence of the construction loan on February 8, 2008. The terms of the permanent loan are specified in a CHFA Construction and Permanent Loan Commitment dated January 16, 2008. In 2008, we intend to draw down the available remaining balance of the construction loan, approximately $3.3 million, to pay for building improvements.

Capital Equipment Expenditures and Manufacturing Costs

        Since our formation in October 2005, most of our cash outlays have gone toward the investment in capital equipment necessary to develop our manufacturing capabilities for producing the commercial products we envision. We expect this trend to continue into the foreseeable future as we expand to approximately 110 MW of rated capacity by the end of 2011. We will require additional capital and additional facilities to achieve our manufacturing expansion plans. If we are unable to secure the

31



necessary capital or to manage the disbursement of capital taking into consideration any unforeseen factors, such as cost increases from our equipment suppliers and the potential continued devaluation of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies, our ability to expand our manufacturing capacity as planned, as well as our financial performance and results of operations, may be adversely affected.

        Our major equipment suppliers are located in Japan, the United Kingdom and Germany. The recent downward trend of the U.S. dollar against the yen, the British pound and the euro has resulted in an increase in our estimated and projected capital expenditure requirements. Although the devaluation of the dollar directly affects our capital outlays, it generally strengthens the value of our products relative to those of many of our foreign competitors to the extent that our production costs are incurred in U.S. dollars. We currently expect the capital expenditures needed to support the first 30 MW of rated capacity to be approximately $80 million to $85 million for property, plant and equipment and approximately $8 million for installation, qualification and other associated pre-operating expenses. In order to install the next 80 MW of rated capacity, we expect that we will require another approximately $170 million to $180 million for property, plant and equipment and approximately $15 million for installation, qualification and other associated pre-operating expenses. Assuming optimized run rate production yields and module efficiencies, we expect our PV module manufacturing cash costs to be approximately $1.00 per watt when operating at 30 MW of rated capacity and approximately $0.90 per watt when operating at 110 MW of rated capacity.

        To manage the uncertainties related to the procurement of capital equipment, we have continued to work closely with our equipment suppliers to complete the engineering of our new tools and refine the estimates of our planned capital outlays. The production tool costs are subject to change until we place firm procurement orders with our suppliers, which we expect will occur beginning the third quarter of 2008. To manage the fluctuations of foreign exchange rates, we procure equipment from Japan under contract terms based upon U.S. dollars at the time of contract. For equipment procured in Europe, we intend to negotiate with our suppliers to achieve similar terms. Although we do not currently engage in any foreign currency hedging activities, we intend to consider the merits of using financial instruments to hedge against such uncertainties in the future.

Significant Trends, Uncertainties and Challenges

        We believe that the significant trends, uncertainties and challenges that directly or indirectly affect our financial performance and results of operations are:

    Our ability to successfully qualify our 1.5 MW production line and obtain necessary or desired certifications for our PV modules;

    Our ability to expand production in accordance with our plans set forth above under "Commercialization and Manufacturing Expansion Plan" to add approximately 30 MW of rated capacity by the end of 2009, another approximately 30 MW of rated capacity by the end of 2010 and another approximately 50 MW of rated capacity by the end of 2011, and to achieve certifications of our planned PV modules;

    Our ability to achieve projected operational performance and cost metrics;

    Our ability to consummate strategic relationships with key partners, including OEMs, system integrators and distributors who deal directly with end-users in the BIPV, EIPV and commodity solar panel markets;

    The effect that currency fluctuations may have on our capital equipment purchases, manufacturing costs and the price of our planned PV modules; and

    Our ability to manage the planned expansion of our manufacturing facilities, operations and personnel.

32


        Other trends, uncertainties and challenges may exist and are discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report, including under the heading "Risk Factors."

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make certain estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the related disclosures. A summary of accounting policies that have been applied to the financial statements presented can be found in the notes thereto. We consider certain of these accounting policies to be critical as they are both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require judgments on the part of management about matters that are uncertain. We have identified the following accounting policies that are important to the presentation of the financial information:

        Basis of Presentation:     Our activities to date have substantially consisted of raising capital, research and development, and the development of a 1.5 MW production line. Revenues to date have been generated from our government research and development (R&D) contracts and have not been significant. Our planned principal operations to commercialize flexible PV modules have not yet commenced. Accordingly, we are considered to be in the development stage, as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 7 (SFAS No. 7), " Accounting and Reporting by Development Stage Enterprises ."

        Short Term Investments:     Our short term investments, which are classified as available-for-sale securities, are invested in high-grade variable rate demand notes, which have a final maturity date of up to 30 years but whose interest rates are reset at varying intervals typically between 1 and 7 days. Unlike auction rate securities, variable rate demand notes can be readily liquidated at any interest rate reset date, either by putting them back to the original issuer or by putting them to a third-party re-marketer as generally provided in the original prospectus. To date, we have always been able to redeem our holdings of these securities in accordance with their terms, and we believe that the risk of non-redemption is minimal. Consequently, these securities are available for use to support the current cash needs of our operations, and in accordance with Accounting Research Bulletin 43, they are classified as short term investments.

        Revenue Recognition:     Revenue to date is from our government research and development contracts under terms that are cost plus fee or firm fixed price. Revenue from cost plus fee contracts is recognized as costs are incurred on the basis of direct costs plus allowable indirect costs and an allocable portion of the firm fixed fee. Revenue from firm fixed price contracts is recognized under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting, with costs and estimated profits included in contract revenue as work is performed. If actual and estimated costs to complete a contract indicate a loss, provision is made currently for the loss anticipated on the contract.

        Income Taxes:     In July 2006, the FASB (Financial Accounting Standards Board) issued FASB Interpretation (FIN) No. 48, " Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes ." We adopted the provisions of FIN No. 48 on January 1, 2007. Deferred income taxes are determined using the liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of the changes in tax laws and rates from the date of enactment.

        Stock-based Compensation:     Our accounts for share-based payments under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), " Share-Based Payment, "

33



(SFAS 123(R)) which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees, officers and directors, and consultants, including employee stock options based on estimated fair values. SFAS 123(R) requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service period in our Statements of Operations. Stock-based compensation is based on awards ultimately expected to vest and is reduced for estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

        For purposes of determining estimated fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant under SFAS 123(R), we used the Black-Scholes option-pricing model (Black-Scholes Model). The Black-Scholes Model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions. Because our employee stock options may have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management's opinion, the existing models may not provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of our employee stock options. Management will continue to assess the assumptions and methodologies used to calculate estimated fair value of share-based compensation. Circumstances may change and additional data may become available over time, which result in changes to these assumptions and methodologies, which could materially impact our fair value determination.

        The guidance in SFAS 123(R) is relatively new, and best practices are not well established. The application of these principles may be subject to further interpretation and refinement over time. There are significant differences among option valuation models, and this may result in a lack of comparability with other companies that use different models, methods and assumptions. If factors change and we employ different assumptions in the application of SFAS 123(R) in future periods, or if we decide to use a different valuation model, the compensation expense that we record in the future under SFAS 123(R) may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the current period and could materially affect our loss from operations, net loss and net loss per share.

Results of Operations

    Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006

        Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2006 financial information to conform to the 2007 presentation. Such reclassifications had no effect on net loss and are related to reclassifying costs between R&D expenses and general and administrative expenses in the Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2006. Our activities to date have substantially consisted of raising capital, business and product development, research and development and the development of our 1.5 MW production line.

        Research and Development Contract Revenues.     Our R&D contract revenues were $1,002,674 for the year ended December 31, 2007. There were no R&D contract revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006. A majority of our revenues during the year ended December 31, 2007 were revenues earned on our government R&D contracts novated January 1, 2007 from ITN and new government R&D contracts awarded to us in 2007.

        Research and Development Expenses.     R&D expenses were $3,975,079 for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $690,964 for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $3,284,115. The increase is comprised of $2,562,213 related to personnel, materials and facilities required to optimize our manufacturing processes in advance of commencing full-scale production on our 1.5 MW production line and $721,902 of direct costs and related overhead on our government R&D contracts that began on January 1, 2007.

34


        General and Administrative Expenses.     General and administrative expenses (G&A) were $4,953,910 for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $2,684,340 for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $2,269,570. The increase of $2,269,570 is comprised of two components, an increase in corporate G&A expenses of $883,635 and an increase in non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $1,385,935. The increase in corporate G&A expenses corresponds with our increase in headcount and increases in corporate activity such as legal, SEC reporting, stock and corporate registration fees, travel and insurance during the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. Non-cash stock-based compensation for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $1,734,879 and $348,944, respectively. The significant increase in stock compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2007 is primarily due to the requirements of SFAS 123(R) and EITF 96-18 to generally measure stock-based compensation to non-employees as vesting occurs and for unvested shares at the balance sheet date. Since our stock price as of December 31, 2007 was significantly higher than as of December 31, 2006, this requirement resulted in an increased fair value calculation related to stock-based payments to non-employees. Additional grants of our stock options during 2007 also contributed to the increase.

        Interest Expense.     Interest expense was $424 for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $1,080,691 for the year ended December 31, 2006, a decrease of $1,080,267. Interest expense in 2006 resulted from interest on the bridge loan notes and related bridge rights and financing transactions of which $800,000 was non-cash related to the valuation and subsequent amortization of the bridge loan rights. In July 2006, the bridge loan was repaid in full with the proceeds from our initial public offering (IPO).

        Interest Income.     Interest income was $1,423,320 for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $275,083 for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $1,148,237. Interest income represents interest on cash and short term investments. Our short term investments, which are classified as available-for-sale securities, are invested in high-grade variable rate demand notes, which have a final maturity date of up to 30 years but whose interest rates are reset at varying intervals typically between 1 and 7 days.

        Net Loss.     Our net loss was $6,503,419 for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to a net loss of $4,180,912 for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase in net loss of $2,322,507. This increase can be summarized in variances in significant account activity as follows:

 
  Increase (decrease) to
net loss
For the year ended
December 31, 2007

 
R&D Contract Revenues   $ (1,002,674 )
R&D Expenses        
  Manufacturing R&D     2,562,213  
  Government R&D     721,902  
G&A Expenses        
  Corporate G&A     883,635  
  Non-Cash Stock-Based Compensation     1,385,935  
Interest Expense     (1,080,267 )
Interest Income     (1,148,237 )
   
 
  Increase to Net Loss   $ 2,322,507  
   
 

35


Liquidity and Capital Resources

        On July 10, 2006, we completed our IPO of 3,000,000 units; each unit consisted of one share of our common stock, one redeemable Class A warrant, with an expiration date of July 10, 2011 and an exercise price of $6.60 per share, and two non-redeemable Class B warrants, each with an expiration date of July 10, 2011 and an exercise price of $11.00 per share. The initial public offering price was $5.50 per unit. Our net proceeds from the offering were approximately $14 million.

        In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, we completed the following financing transactions:

    On March 13, 2007, we completed a private placement of securities whereby Norsk Hydro purchased 1,600,000 shares of our common stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $9.2 million, for a 23% interest in us. In connection with the private placement, Norsk Hydro was granted two options, which expire on June 15, 2009, to purchase additional shares and warrants.

    On May 24, 2007, we publicly announced our intention to redeem our outstanding Class A warrants at $0.25 per warrant. The exercise period ended June 22, 2007. During the exercise period, 3,098,382 of our Class A warrants (94.2% of the total outstanding) were exercised for an equal number of shares of common stock, and we received approximately $20.5 million in proceeds. All outstanding Class A warrants that were not exercised before June 22, 2007 were or may be redeemed by us at $0.25 per warrant for a total cost of approximately $48,000.

    On August 16, 2007, Norsk Hydro acquired an additional 934,462 restricted shares of our common stock and 1,965,690 Class B warrants upon exercise of one of the options granted to Norsk Hydro on March 13, 2007. Gross proceeds to us were approximately $10.5 million, and reflected per share and per warrant purchase prices equal to the average of the closing bids of each security, as reported by Nasdaq, for the five consecutive trading days preceding exercise. After acquiring these additional shares, Norsk Hydro again held 23% of each of our total outstanding common shares and Class B warrants, after its ownership percentage had been diluted as the result of the exercise and redemption of Class A warrants subsequent to March 13, 2007. Pursuant to its other option, until June 15, 2009, Norsk Hydro has the opportunity to purchase additional shares and Class B warrants, generally at prevailing market prices at the time of exercise, to enable it to hold up to 35% of each class of security. After expiration of this option, Norsk Hydro will no longer be restricted to a 35% maximum holding in the Company and may purchase our securities in the open market.

    In June and September 2007, a total of 11,000 Class B public warrants were exercised resulting in proceeds to us of $121,000.

    In September, October and November 2007, warrants that had been issued to the representative of the underwriters in our IPO, were exercised resulting in the issuance of 300,000 shares of common stock and 600,000 Class B warrants for total proceeds to us of approximately $2.0 million.

        In January 2007, approximately $3.5 million of existing government-funded R&D contracts were novated from ITN to us together with the transfer of related personnel. The transferred contracts had remaining future revenues of approximately $1.6 million. During 2007, we were awarded approximately $1.7 million of additional contracts under new R&D government-funded contract awards or modifications to existing R&D contracts. As of December 31, 2007, we had a backlog of approximately $2.4 million in revenues on our existing R&D contracts, which revenues are expected to be recognized during the contracts' periods of performance in 2008 and 2009.

        For the year ended December 31, 2007, our cash used in operations was approximately $4.3 million compared to approximately $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. As of December 31,

36



2007, approximately $10.9 million had been expended in capital for our 1.5 MW production line, facility modifications, and office and research and development equipment. As of December 31, 2007, we had approximately $37.7 million in cash and investments, approximately $1.1 million of which will be used for final progress payments to our equipment suppliers on our 1.5 MW production line and approximately $2.3 million of which is committed for a manufacturing research and development tool in conjunction with production tools to support approximately 30 MW of incremental rated production capacity.

        During 2007, the use of cash for operational expenses averaged approximately $358,000 per month and related to pre-manufacturing activities, research and technology development, business development and general corporate expenses. We expect these operational expenses to increase in 2008 as we commence commercial production and increase the size of our workforce. Average monthly operational expense for 2007 of approximately $358,000 is net of average monthly R&D revenues from our government contracts of approximately $84,000 and average monthly interest income of approximately $119,000. Without the offset of interest income, actual monthly operational costs were higher than in 2006 and higher than previously anticipated due to the acceleration of our plans to scale up manufacturing. A significant component of our costs related to the development and production of product prototypes utilizing existing research and development process tools to help us solidify process techniques and qualify product performance in advance of the build out of the 1.5 MW production line. We also incurred additional costs for investor relations, business development and marketing communications support to strengthen our shareholder relations, support our anticipated government program activities, and support implementing our market strategies. We anticipate that our operational expenditures will continue to increase throughout 2008 and 2009 due to the planned hiring of additional personnel to help our 1.5 MW production line reach its operating potential and in connection with our planned expansion of manufacturing capacity. As of February 29, 2008, we had 34 full-time employees of which 18 were manufacturing personnel. We plan to increase our staff in 2008 to approximately 50 to 60 people, principally in manufacturing, business development and sales and marketing.

        We have acquired all of the capital equipment required for the 1.5 MW production line and expect to make final payments in the first quarter of 2008. The capital outlays shown below represent estimated and actual costs in connection with our 1.5 MW production line and production facility modifications:

Stage of Development

  Completion
  Estimated
Future Capital
Outlay

  Actual
Capital
Outlay

Completion of engineering specifications   3 rd  QTR 2006   $     $ 220,000
Facility and equipment construction:                
  Progress payments   4 th  QTR 2006           370,000
  Progress payments   1 st  QTR 2007           1,400,000
  Progress payments   2 nd  QTR 2007           2,300,000
  Progress payments   3 rd  QTR 2007         2,400,000
  Progress and final payments   4 th  QTR 2007         4,200,000
  Progress and final payments   1 st  QTR 2008 (est)     1,110,000    
Qualification and IOC   1 st  QTR 2008 (est)        
Limited production capability   2 nd  QTR 2008 (est)        
       
 
    Total       $ 1,110,000   $ 10,890,000
       
 

        We expect to commence limited commercial production on our 1.5 MW production line in the second quarter of 2008. We do not expect that our sales revenue from the 1.5 MW production line will be sufficient to support our operations and cash requirements, and it is unlikely that our sales revenue

37



will support our operating cash requirements unless we achieve actual production capacity of at least 30 MW per year. We intend to use our existing cash to build our operational infrastructure and to begin development of manufacturing capacity necessary to produce PV modules for sale into our target markets. We expect our current cash balance to be sufficient to cover our operational expenditures through 2009 based on currently known factors, although we will need to raise capital in 2008 in order to purchase the production tools necessary to achieve approximately 30 MW of rated capacity by the end of 2009.

Off Balance Sheet Transactions

        We have no off balance sheet transactions and had none in 2007.

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        Not required for smaller reporting companies.

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

        Please refer to our Financial Statements below, beginning on page F-1 which are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

        There has been no change of accountants nor any disagreement with accountants on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure required to be reported under this Item.

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Security Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Security and Exchange Commission (SEC) rules and forms. Our disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives, and management necessarily is required to use its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Our management conducted an evaluation required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act as of December 31, 2007. Based on this evaluation, our management concluded that as of December 31, 2007, the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our system of internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the

38



reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America and includes those policies and procedures that:

    pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

    provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

    provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

        Our management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2007. Our management reviewed the results of their assessment with the Audit Committee.

        This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company's registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management's report was not subject to attestation by the Company's registered public accounting firm pursuant to temporary rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only management's report in this annual report.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2007 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.    Other Information

        None.

39



PART III

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

        Our executive officers and directors and their ages and positions with the Company as of February 29, 2008, are as follows:

Name

  Age
  Position
Matthew Foster   50   President and Chief Executive Officer
Janet Casteel   47   Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer
Prem Nath, Ph.D.    59   Senior Vice President of Manufacturing
Ashutosh Misra   42   Senior Vice President of Operations and Corporate Affairs
Joseph Armstrong, Ph.D.    50   Vice President and Chief Technology Officer
Joseph C. McCabe   47   Vice President of Business Development
Mohan S. Misra, Ph.D.    63   Chief Strategy Officer and Chairman of the Board
Stanley A. Gallery   50   Director
Einar Glomnes   38   Director
Amit Kumar, Ph.D.    43   Director
Joel S. Porter   60   Director
T.W. Fraser Russell, Ph.D.    73   Director
Richard J. Swanson   72   Director

         Matthew Foster has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since October 2005. From March 2004 until Ascent's formation in October 2005, Mr. Foster served as Executive Vice President of ITN Energy Systems, Inc., where he developed and implemented plans to commercialize other ITN technologies such as thin-film battery systems and microsatellites, which developed into companies Infinite Power Solutions, Inc. and MicroSat Systems, Inc., respectively. From January 2001 until March 2004, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Infinite Power Solutions. Mr. Foster has over 25 years of experience in the aerospace industry and previously served as Vice President of Business Development and Advanced Programs at the Lockheed Martin Corporation. Mr. Foster holds a B.S. degree from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.

         Janet Casteel has served as our Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer since February 2006. She served on a part-time basis as our Treasurer and Controller between October 2005 and February 2006, during which time she also served as the part-time business manager of ITN. From 1996 until February 2006, Ms. Casteel served in the capacity of controller and business manager of ITN. At ITN, she supervised the financial and accounting staffs and was responsible for negotiation and administration of ITN's government and commercial contracts, as well as its agreements with subcontractors. She is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and is a CPA (inactive) in Colorado. Ms. Casteel holds an Associate Degree in Business Administration from Nebraska College of Business and a B.S. degree in Accounting from Metropolitan State College in Denver.

         Prem Nath, Ph.D. has served as our Senior Vice President of Manufacturing since July 2006. From 1998 until July 2006, he served as Vice President of Product Manufacturing and Development at United Solar Ovonic (Uni-Solar) and as Chief Operating Officer of Uni-Solar's Mexican subsidiary. Dr. Nath has over 25 years of professional experience in the development, testing and manufacture of thin-film PV technology and is a named inventor on over 50 U.S. patents covering processes, products and materials. Dr. Nath holds a M.S. degree in Physics from Punjab University in India, a Master of Technology degree in Solid State Physics from the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) and a Ph.D. in Materials Science from IIT. Dr. Nath also worked as a post-doctoral fellow at the University of California at Los Angeles.

         Ashutosh Misra has served as our Senior Vice President of Operations and Corporate Affairs since April 2007. Until that time, Mr. Misra served as a member of our Board of Directors from our inception in October 2005 and participated actively as corporate advisor in guiding the management team with day-

40



to-day operations. Mr. Misra also served as Executive Vice President at ITN, where he was responsible for day to day business operations. From November 2002 until March 2005, Mr. Misra served as the president and chief executive officer of Data Access America, a wholly owned subsidiary of Data Access India, Limited, a telecommunications carrier based in India. Prior to joining ITN in 1998 Mr. Misra worked for MTI International for over 8 years as Operations Manager and was responsible for setting up electronic manufacturing and related facilities in the United States, Mexico, Singapore, Indonesia, and India. Mr. Misra holds a Bachelor of Engineering Degree in Electronics and Telecommunications from Bangalore University in India, and a M.S. degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee. Mr. Misra is the nephew of Dr. Mohan Misra, our Chairman.

         Joseph Armstrong, Ph.D. has served as our Vice President and Chief Technology Officer since October 2005. Dr. Armstrong worked at ITN beginning in 1995, and served as the Manager of ITN's Advanced PV Division from 1995 until joining Ascent in October 2005. While at ITN, Dr. Armstrong led its advancement into thin-film flexible PV products for space and near-space applications and started its development of thin-film battery technologies, a complement to Ascent's thin-film PV technology. Prior to joining ITN, Dr. Armstrong was employed for 10 years by Martin Marietta Corporation, where he managed PV research projects. He is a named inventor on four U.S. patents in areas including shape memory alloys, thin-film PV technology and electronic circuit assembly. Dr. Armstrong holds a B.S. degree in Physics from Lewis University in Illinois and a M.S. degree and Ph.D. in Solid State Physics from the University of Denver.

         Joseph C. McCabe has served as our Vice President of Business Development since January 2007. From 1985 until November 2006, Mr. McCabe was the owner and principal of an energy technology consulting firm. In that capacity, he served as a consultant or contractor on projects for the California Energy Commission, the Sacramento Municipal Utility District, Shell Oil and various architecture and engineering firms, and he possesses experience in the area of BIPV products and technologies. Mr. McCabe is a licensed professional engineer and holds a B.S. degree in Mechanical Engineering degree from the University of Dayton, an M.S. degree in Nuclear and Energy Engineering from the University of Arizona, and an M.B.A. from Regis University in Denver, Colorado.

         Mohan S. Misra, Ph.D. has served as Chairman of our Board of Directors since October 2005, and as our Chief Strategy Officer since April 2007. He founded and has served as chief executive officer of ITN since 1994. Before founding ITN, Dr. Misra spent 19 years with Martin Marietta Corporation (now Lockheed Martin Corporation) in the areas of material research, development and manufacturing. While at Martin Marietta, Dr. Misra worked first as manager of Research and Technology, and then led the company's development of long term technology strategies. Dr. Misra has helped develop and implement several key technologies for aerospace applications including thin-film PV products, smart materials, advanced composites and lightweight structures. Dr. Misra holds a B.S. degree in Metallurgical Engineering from Benaras Hindu University in India, an M.S. degree in Metallurgical Engineering from the University of Washington and a Ph.D. in Metallurgical Engineering from the Colorado School of Mines. Dr. Misra is the uncle of Ashutosh Misra, our Senior Vice President of Operations and Corporate Affairs.

         Stanley A. Gallery has served on our Board of Directors since October 2005. Since 1984, Mr. Gallery has been the chief executive officer of Carts of Colorado, Inc., a provider of mobile merchandising for the food service industry. He also has served as the managing partner of G3 Holdings LLC since 1997, which makes real estate and other investments. He also is a co-founder of Bluegate Creek JV and Bluegate Creek II, which are oil and gas ventures in Wyoming. Prior to joining Ascent, Mr. Gallery served on the board of directors of ITN from 2001 until joining our Board in October 2005.

         Einar Glomnes has served on our Board of Directors since March 2007. Since April 2007, Mr. Glomnes has served as the head of Hydro Solar, a division of Norsk Hydro ASA. Norsk Hydro Produksjon AS, a subsidiary of Norsk Hydro ASA, is our largest shareholder. Prior to heading Hydro

41



Solar, Mr. Glomnes served as a Vice President in the business development arm of Norsk Hydro Oil & Energy from 2006 until 2007, and as a lawyer in the legal department of Norsk Hydro ASA from 2004 to 2006. From 2001 until 2004, Mr. Glomnes served as a lawyer with the Schjødt Law Firm in Norway. Since 2004, Mr. Glomnes also has served as a member of the board of directors of Norson AS, a PV ingot and wafer company based in Norway, and as the chairman of Verdane Capital, a private equity investment firm. Mr. Glomnes holds a law degree from the University of Oslo, and an L.L.M. degree from Columbia University School of Law.

         Amit Kumar, Ph.D. has served on our Board of Directors since March 2007. Dr. Kumar has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of CombiMatrix Corporation, a developer of DNA microarrays, since September 2001. He also serves on the board of directors of Aeolus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dr. Kumar holds a B.S. degree in Chemistry from Occidental College. After joint studies at Stanford University and the California Institute of Technology (Caltech), he received his Ph.D. from Caltech before completing a post-doctoral fellowship at Harvard University.

         Joel S. Porter has served on our Board of Directors since June 2007. Mr. Porter is the President of Centennial Consulting Services, Inc., a consulting firm created after Mr. Porter's retirement from Lockheed Martin in the spring of 2004 as Vice President for International Program Development and Systems Analysis. Mr. Porter had served for approximately 28 years at Lockheed Martin in a variety of management roles. He holds a Bachelor of Aerospace Engineering degree and an M.S. degree in Industrial Management from the Georgia Institute of Technology. He also is a graduate of the Program for Management Development at the Harvard Business School.

         T.W. Fraser Russell, Ph.D. has served on our Board of Directors since October 2005. Dr. Russell has served as the Allan P. Colburn Professor in the Department of Chemical Engineering at the University of Delaware since 1981. Dr. Russell is a member of the National Academy of Engineering, a fellow of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers and a registered professional engineer in the State of Delaware. He is the co-inventor of four U.S. patents for the continuous deposition of PV material on moving substrates and is the author of over 100 engineering and scientific papers. He has an industrial background in process design, and he has served as a consultant to a number of firms in the chemical processing industries. Dr. Russell holds a B.Sc. degree and an M.Sc. degree from the University of Alberta in Canada and a Ph.D. from the University of Delaware.

         Richard J. Swanson has served on our Board of Directors since January 2007. Since 1991, Mr. Swanson has been a consultant with Vistage International, Inc. (formerly TEC), which focuses on strategic coaching for chief executive officers of public and private companies. Since 1980, he has served as the founder and president of Investment Partners, Inc., which engages in the restructuring and recapitalization of troubled companies, and of Real Estate Associates, Inc., which focuses on real estate acquisition and development. He served as a director and chair of the audit committee of AHPC Holdings, Inc., a publicly-traded Illinois-based company in the health care supply field from 1998 until 2007, and serves as a director and chair of the audit committee of ADA-ES, LLC, a publicly-traded industrial technology company in Colorado. Mr. Swanson holds a B.A. in History from the University of Colorado and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.

Board of Directors

        Our Bylaws provide that the size of our Board of Directors is to be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors, but shall consist of at least two and no more than eight members. Our Board of Directors currently consists of seven members, five of whom are independent under the rules of the Nasdaq Global Market. Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Board of Directors will be divided into three classes as nearly equal in number of directors as possible. Our Class 1 directors are Dr. Amit Kumar, Joel Porter and Richard Swanson. Our Class 2 directors are Stanley Gallery and Dr. T.W. Fraser Russell. Our Class 3 directors are Einar Glomnes and Dr. Mohan Misra. The term of our Class 3 directors expires at our 2008 annual meeting of stockholders. Since our

42



annual report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, there have been no material changes to the procedures by which stockholders may recommend nominees to our Board of Directors.

        Our Board of Directors has three standing committees: an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Governance Committee. Each committee operates pursuant to a charter than can be found at our website www.ascentsolar.com .

Code of Ethics

        We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and other senior finance and accounting staff. The code is designed to, among other things, deter wrongdoing and to promote the honest and ethical conduct of our officers and employees. The text of our code of ethics can be found on our Internet website at www.ascentsolar.com. If we effect an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our code of ethics, we intend to satisfy our disclosure requirements by posting a description of such amendment or waiver on that Internet website or via a Form 8-K current report. The information contained on our website is not part of this Annual Report.

Audit Committee of the Board of Directors

        Audit Committee.     Our Audit Committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes, internal systems of accounting and financial controls, relationships with independent auditors, and audits of financial statements. Specific responsibilities include the following:

    selecting, hiring and terminating our independent auditors;

    evaluating the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent auditors;

    approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors;

    reviewing the design, implementation, adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls and critical accounting policies;

    overseeing and monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters;

    reviewing, with management and our independent auditors, any earnings announcements and other public announcements regarding our results of operations; and

    preparing the report that the Securities and Exchange Commission requires in our annual proxy statement.

        Our Audit Committee is comprised of Mr. Gallery, Dr. Kumar and Mr. Swanson. Mr. Swanson serves as Chairman of the Audit Committee. The Board has determined that all members of the Audit Committee are independent under the rules of the Nasdaq Global Market, and that Mr. Swanson qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert," as defined by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

        Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our directors, officers, and persons that own more than 10 percent of a registered class of our equity securities to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. Officers, directors, and greater than 10 percent stockholders are required by SEC regulations to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.

        Based solely upon our review of the copies of such forms received by us during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, we believe that each person who, at any time during such fiscal year, was a director, officer, or beneficial owner of more than 10 percent of our common stock complied with all

43



Section 16(a) filing requirements during such fiscal year, except that Matthew Foster filed one late Form 4 describing a change in ownership of our securities.

Item 11.    Executive Compensation

Compensation Philosophy and Processes

        We seek to provide a level of compensation for our executive officers that is competitive with publicly-traded companies similar in both size and industry. We hope to attract, retain, and reward executive officers who contribute to our success, to align executive officer compensation with our performance, and to motivate executive officers to achieve our business objectives. We compensate our senior management through a mix of base salary, bonus and equity compensation.

        Our Compensation Committee determines and recommends to our Board of Directors the compensation of our executive officers. The Compensation Committee also administers our stock option plan. The Compensation Committee reviews base salary levels for our executive officers at the end of each fiscal year and recommends raises and bonuses based upon our achievements, individual performance, and competitive and market conditions. The Compensation Committee may delegate certain of its responsibilities, as it deems appropriate, to other committees or to our officers, but it has not elected to do so. The Compensation Committee has engaged management consultants to provide a market analysis of cash, equity and short term incentives for comparisons to our current compensation package and based on that analysis provide recommendations of compensation adjustments and overall compensation philosophy to the Compensation Committee.

Executive Officer Compensation

        The following Summary Compensation Table sets forth certain information regarding the compensation of our principal executive officer and the two other most highly compensated executive officers (together, the "named executive officers") at the end of our last fiscal year for services rendered in all capacities to us during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.

Summary Compensation Table

Name and Principal Position

  Year
  Salary
($)

  Bonus
($)

  Option
Awards
($)(1)

  All Other
Comp.
($)(2)

  Total
($)

Matthew Foster—President & CEO   2007   180,891   67,922   118,170     366,983
    2006   175,238   21,000   213,000     409,238

Ashutosh Misra—Senior VP Operations (3)

 

2007

 

104,611

 

28,800

 

128,289

 

34,750

 

296,450
    2006          

Prem Nath—Senior VP Manufacturing

 

2007

 

162,274

 

48,710

 

157,560

 

51,408

 

419,952
    2006   64,741   20,160   210,000   24,489   319,390

(1)
Represents fair market value of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and related assumptions as disclosed in Note 9, " Stock Based Compensation ," of our financial statements attached hereto.

(2)
All other compensation for 2007 and 2006 consists of relocation costs for Prem Nath and consulting fees of $21,250 and director fees of $13,500 for Ashutosh Misra prior to his employment by us.

(3)
Ashutosh Misra began employment with us on April 30, 2007. Salary represents eight months of annual salary for 2007. All other compensation represents approximately $21,250 in consulting fees

44


    paid to Mr. Misra in 2007 prior to his employment on April 30, 2007, and approximately $13,500 in fees paid in connection with his service on the Board of Directors prior to April 30, 2007.

Executive Employment Agreements

        We have executive employment agreements with Matthew Foster, our Chief Executive Officer, Janet Casteel, our Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer, Prem Nath, our Senior Vice President of Manufacturing, Joseph Armstrong, our Vice President and Chief Technology Officer, Joseph McCabe, our Vice President of Business Development, Mohan Misra, our Chief Strategy Officer, and Ashutosh Misra, our Senior Vice President of Operations and Corporate Affairs.

        Each executive employment agreement has a term of three years and expires: in December 2008 in the cases of Mr. Foster and Dr. Armstrong; in February 2009 in the case of Ms. Casteel; in July 2009 in the case of Dr. Nath; in January 2010 in the case of Mr. McCabe; and in April 2010 in the cases of Dr. M. Misra and Mr. A. Misra. Under the terms of each agreement, in addition to each of their base salaries: Mr. Foster may receive a discretionary bonus of up to 50% based upon his individual performance and our performance as a company; Ms. Casteel may receive a discretionary bonus of up to 15% of that base salary based upon her individual performance and our performance as a company; Dr. Armstrong may receive a discretionary bonus of up to 15% of that base salary based upon his individual performance and our performance as a company; Dr. Nath may receive a discretionary bonus of up to 50% of that base salary based upon his individual performance; Mr. McCabe may receive a discretionary bonus of up to 15% of that base salary based upon his individual performance; Dr. M. Misra who works on a part-time basis may receive a discretionary bonus of up to 50% of that base salary based upon his individual performance and our overall performance as a company; and Mr. A. Misra may receive a discretionary bonus of up to 30% of that base salary based upon his individual performance and our overall performance as a company. Base salary is subject to increase from time to time in the normal course of business. Bonuses are not ensured and are awarded at the discretion of the Board. Each agreement may be terminated without notice if for cause, but 30 days' advance notice is required for termination without cause. Further, if either Mr. Foster, Dr. Nath, Dr. M. Misra or Mr. A. Misra is terminated without cause during the term of his employment agreement, he will be entitled to receive his base salary for a period of twelve months after termination. If either Dr. Armstrong, Mr. McCabe or Ms. Casteel is terminated without cause during the term of his or her agreement, he or she will be entitled to receive his or her base salary for a period of six months after termination. In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, pursuant to the Company's Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Option Plan, all outstanding unvested options shall become exercisable in full, unless assumed or substituted for by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the corporation.

Consulting Agreement

        On February 19, 2007, we entered into a consulting agreement with Ashutosh Misra. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, Mr. Misra was to expend a minimum of twenty hours per week assisting us with financial matters, financial and business strategies and investor and investment banking relations. In consideration for these services, we had agreed to pay Mr. Misra a monthly consulting fee of $8,500. The agreement terminated on April 30, 2007.

Option Awards

        Option awards are granted pursuant to our Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the Option Plan). The term of incentive stock options granted under the Option Plan may not exceed ten years, or five years for options granted to an optionee owning more than 10% of our voting stock. Generally speaking, options granted vest in equal amounts over a three to four year period. The exercise price of an incentive stock option granted under the Option Plan must be equal to

45



or greater than the fair market value of the shares of our common stock on the date the option is granted. The exercise price of a non-qualified option granted under the Option Plan must be equal to or greater than 85% of the fair market value of the shares of our common stock on the date the option is granted. An incentive stock option granted to an optionee owning more than 10% of our voting stock must have an exercise price equal to or greater than 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date the option is granted.

        The following table sets forth information concerning the outstanding equity awards granted to the named executive officers as of December 31, 2007.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 
  Option Awards
 
  Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options(#)

   
   
Name

  Option
Exercise
Price($/sh)

  Option
Expiration
Date

  Exercisable
  Unexercisable
Matthew Foster (1)   10,000   10,000   $ 0.10   11/18/2015
    42,144   42,856   $ 4.25   02/27/2016
      9,000   $ 17.75   12/03/2017
   
 
         
    52,144   61,856          

Ashutosh Misra (2)

 

5,000

 

5,000

 

$

0.10

 

11/18/2015
    20,000     $ 8.33   07/30/2017
      9,000   $ 17.75   12/03/2017
   
 
         
    25,000   14,000          

Prem Nath (3)

 

3,333

 

66,667

 

$

2.73

 

07/31/2016
      12,000   $ 17.75   12/03/2017
   
 
         
    3,333   78,667          

    Vesting dates of securities underlying unexercised options as of December 31, 2007:

    (1)
    $.10 options—10,000 vest 12/31/08; $4.25 options—14,286 vest 3/31/08, 14,286 vest 9/30/08, 14,284 vest 3/31/09; $17.75 options—4,500 vest 12/03/08, 4,500 vest 12/03/09

    (2)
    $.10 options—5,000 vest 12/31/08; $17.75 options—4,500 vest 12/03/08, 4,500 vest 12/03/09

    (3)
    $2.73 options—33,333 vest 7/31/08, 33,334 vest 7/31/09; $17.75 options—6,000 vest 12/03/08, 6,000 vest 12/03/09

Director Compensation

        In 2007, each of our directors each received an annual fee of $5,000 for his or her service on our Board of Directors, plus $1,000 for each meeting of our Board of Directors that the director attended in person and $250 for each meeting attended by telephone or videoconference. In addition, directors serving on a Committee of the Board of Directors received $500 for each meeting that the director attended in person and $250 for each meeting attended by telephone or videoconference. Each non-employee director also received reimbursement of travel and other expenses incurred to attend a meeting in person. In November 2005, each of our directors serving at the time was granted an option to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock as compensation for service on our Board of Directors, and each of our non-employee directors received an additional option to purchase 12,000 shares for service on the committees of our Board of Directors. Each option vests annually in four co-equal parts beginning December 31, 2005. Board of Directors members appointed or elected after November 2005 generally received options to purchase a lesser and proportionate number of shares.

46


        The following Director Compensation Table summarizes the compensation of our directors for services rendered to Ascent Solar during the year ended December 31, 2007:

Director Compensation Table

Name

  Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash

  Option
Awards(1)

  Total
  Options
Outstanding

Mohan S. Misra   $ 16,500       $ 16,500   50,000
Stanley A. Gallery   $ 20,500       $ 20,500   32,000
Ashutosh Misra   $ 13,500       $ 13,500  
T.W. Fraser Russell   $ 18,750       $ 18,750   16,000
Richard J. Swanson   $ 13,750   $ 35,237   $ 48,987   16,000
Amit Kumar   $ 6,250   $ 48,666   $ 54,916   8,000
Joel S. Porter   $ 5,000   $ 33,959   $ 38,959   5,000
Einar Glomnes   $ 4,750       $ 4,750  

(1)
Represents fair market value of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2007, calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and related assumptions as disclosed in Note 9, " Stock Based Compensation ," of our financial statements attached hereto.

        In addition to the fees listed above, we reimburse the directors for their travel expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board or its committees. The directors did not receive any other compensation or personal benefits.

2005 Stock Option Plan

        Our Option Plan provides for the grant of incentive or non-statutory stock options to our employees, directors and consultants. A total of 1,000,000 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance under the Option Plan. The Board of Directors and our stockholders approved the plan and its amendments.

        The Option Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors. Subject to the provisions of the Option Plan, the Committee determines who will receive the options, the number of options granted, the manner of exercise and the exercise price of the options. The term of incentive stock options granted under the Option Plan may not exceed ten years, or five years for options granted to an optionee owning more than 10% of our voting stock. The exercise price of an incentive stock option granted under the Option Plan must be equal to or greater than the fair market value of the shares of our common stock on the date the option is granted. The exercise price of a non-qualified option granted under the Option Plan must be equal to or greater than 85% of the fair market value of the shares of our common stock on the date the option is granted. An incentive stock option granted to an optionee owning more than 10% of our voting stock must have an exercise price equal to or greater than 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date the option is granted.

47


        As of December 31, 2007, there were outstanding options to purchase 686,837 shares of common stock under the Option Plan. The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2007 relating to all of our equity compensation plans:

 
  Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of outstanding
options,
warrants and rights

  Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights

  Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation plans

Equity compensation plan approved by security holders   686,837   $ 5.07   112,000
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders        
   
 
 
TOTAL:   686,837   $ 5.07   112,000
 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of the members of our Compensation Committee is an officer or employee of the Company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee.

 

REPORT OF THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

        The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed with management the Compensation Disclosure included in this 10-K and, based on such review and discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board that the Compensation Disclosure be included in this 10-K.

                        Respectfully submitted,

                        COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

                        Stanley Gallery, Chairman
                        T.W. Fraser Russell
                        Richard Swanson

48


Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

        The following table shows information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of February 29, 2008.

        Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. Shares of common stock subject to options or warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the February 29, 2008 are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

        Unless otherwise indicated, each of the stockholders listed below has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned. The address for each director or named executive officer is c/o Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc., 8120 Shaffer Parkway, Littleton, Colorado 80127.

        This table assumes 11,683,628 shares of common stock outstanding as of February 29, 2008, assuming no exercise of outstanding options.

Name of Beneficial Owner

  No. of Shares
Beneficially Owned

  Percentage
Officers and Directors        
Matthew Foster (1)   162,090   1.4%
Janet Casteel (2)   33,430   *
Prem Nath, Ph.D   0   *
Ashutosh Misra (3)   60,000   *
Joseph Armstrong, Ph.D. (4)   60,691   *
Joseph C. McCabe (5)   7,700   *
Mohan S. Misra, Ph.D. (6)   1,233,000   10.6%
Stanley A. Gallery (7)   106,900   *
Einar Glomnes (8)   0   *
Amit Kumar, Ph.D.    0   *
Joel S. Porter   0   *
T.W. Fraser Russell, Ph.D. (9)   16,000   *
Richard J. Swanson (10)   8,000   *
All directors and executive officers as a group(13 persons)   1,687,811   14.4%
5% Stockholders (11)        
ITN Energy Systems, Inc. (12)   818,000   7.0%
Norsk Hydro Produksjon AS (13)   4,926,474   35.0%
Quercus Trust (14)   1,705,293   14.6%
Paulson Capital Corporation (15)   735,000   6.0%

    *
    Less than 1.0%.

    (1)
    Includes 105,015 shares of common stock and options to purchase 56,430 shares of common stock that are vested within 60 days of February 29, 2008. Also includes 215 shares of common stock that are held by Mr. Foster's spouse, and 430 Class B warrants that are held by Mr. Foster's spouse and are immediately exercisable.

    (2)
    Includes 17,000 shares of common stock and options to purchase 16,430 shares of common stock that are vested within 60 days of February 29, 2008.

49


    (3)
    Includes 36,000 shares of common stock and options to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock that are vested within 60 days of February 29, 2008, and 4,000 Class B warrants that are immediately exercisable.

    (4)
    Includes 49,333 shares of common stock and options to purchase 11,358 shares of common stock that are vested within 60 days of February 29, 2008.

    (5)
    Includes 7,700 shares of common stock.

    (6)
    Includes options to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock that are vested within 60 days of February 29, 2008. Also includes 818,000 shares of common stock that are held by ITN because ITN is wholly-owned by Inica, Inc., which is owned by Dr. Misra and an immediate family member. Also includes 390,000 shares over which Dr. Misra has sole voting and dispositive power.

    (7)
    Includes 82,900 shares of common stock and options to purchase 24,000 shares of common stock that are vested within 60 days of February 29, 2008.

    (8)
    Does not include securities held by Norsk Hydro Produksjon AS, our largest stockholder. Mr. Glomnes is the head of Hydro Solar, an affiliate of Norsk Hydro Produksjon AS, and disclaims beneficial ownership of our securities held by Norsk Hydro Produksjon AS.

    (9)
    Includes 16,000 shares of common stock.

    (10)
    Includes options to purchase 8,000 shares of common stock that are vested within 60 days of February 29, 2008.

    (11)
    Information regarding these stockholders is based solely upon filings made by them with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

    (12)
    The reported address of ITN Energy Systems, Inc. is 8130 Shaffer Parkway, Littleton, Colorado 80127. ITN is wholly-owned by Inica, Inc. Dr. Mohan Misra, Chairman of our Board of Directors, and an immediate family member of his own all of the outstanding shares of Inica, Inc. This information is pursuant to a Schedule 13G filed by ITN, Inica, Inc. and Dr. Misra on February 14, 2008 and a Form 4 filed by ITN on February 21, 2008.

    (13)
    The reported address of Norsk Hydro Produksjon AS is Drammensveien 264, N-0240, Oslo, Norway. Assumes the exercise by Norsk Hydro Produksjon AS of its entire Tranche 2 Option to acquire 2,392,012 shares of common stock and 1,722,226 Class B warrants in addition to the 2,534,462 shares of common stock and 1,965,690 Class B warrants it currently holds. Until June 2009, Norsk Hydro Produksjon AS may only exercise that number of Class B warrants necessary to maintain ownership of 23% of our outstanding common stock (before its Tranche 2 Option is exercised) or of 35% of our outstanding common stock (after its entire Tranche 2 Option has been exercised). This table assumes exercise by Norsk Hydro Produksjon AS of its Tranche 2 Option in order to obtain ownership of 35% of our common stock.

    (14)
    The reported address of Quercus Trust is 2309 Santiago Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660. This information is pursuant to a Schedule 13D filed by Quercus Trust, David Gelbaum (trustee) and Monica Chavez Gelbaum (trustee) on October 1, 2007 and a Form 4 filed by Quercus Trust, David Gelbaum (trustee) and Monica Chavez Gelbaum (trustee) on February 26, 2008.

    (15)
    The address of Paulson Capital Corporation is 811 SW Naito Parkway, Portland, Oregon 97204. Includes 150,000 unexercised representative's warrants (each to purchase one share of common stock, one Class A warrant and two Class B warrants) and 67,500 unexercised Class B warrants, and assumes the exercise of all of those warrants. These securities are held by Paulson Investment Company, a subsidiary of Paulson Capital Corporation, which is controlled by Chester L.F. Paulson and Jacqueline M. Paulson (together, the Paulsons). This information is pursuant to a Schedule 13G filed by the Paulsons, Paulson Capital Corporation and Paulson Investment Company, Inc. on February 11, 2008.

50


Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Transactions Involving ITN Energy Systems, Inc.

        We were formed in October 2005 to commercialize certain technologies developed by ITN. ITN is wholly owned by Inica, Inc., a Colorado corporation (Inica). Dr. Mohan Misra, Chairman of our Board of Directors, and an immediate family member of his own all of the outstanding shares of Inica.

        Sublease Agreement.     In 2006, we subleased approximately 9,500 square feet of office and manufacturing space at cost from ITN. As of January 1, 2007, we increased our sublease to approximately 14,200 square feet of office and manufacturing space at cost from ITN. The sublease expires in June 2010. In 2007, we paid $17,211 per month of rent through June 30, 2007, and $18,991 per month from July 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007, plus pass-through expenses such as taxes, insurance, water and utilities. Total costs incurred under the Sublease Agreement for the year ended December 31, 2007 were approximately $291,000. In 2008, we expect to pay $18,991 per month in rent to ITN, plus pass-through expenses.

        Administrative Services Agreement.     ITN has agreed to perform administrative services for us at cost, including services such as facilities management, equipment maintenance, procurement, information technology and technical support. The cost for those services in 2007 was approximately $1,200,000. Although we expect to pay ITN approximately the same amount for those services in 2008, the costs may increase due to commencement of commercial operations and our planned expansion.

        Service Center Agreement.     From time to time, we may find our own facilities inadequate or unsuitable to handle specific or special tasks or processes, but discover that ITN has such capability. Under a Service Center Agreement, we have the right to use, on an as needed and as available basis, certain of ITN's laboratories, equipment and research and development tools. When we have made periodic use of the laboratories, equipment and tools, we have paid ITN in accordance with ITN's costs. Although the Service Center Agreement expires in December 2009, it is automatically renewable on a month-to-month basis. In 2007, we paid ITN approximately $443,000 under the Service Center Agreement. Although we expect to pay ITN approximately the same amount under the Service Center Agreement in 2008, the costs may increase if we more actively pursue R&D activities.

        License Agreement.     ITN has granted us a perpetual, royalty-free, worldwide license to use certain trade secrets and other patents, inventions, and trade secrets that ITN may develop or have the right to license that are necessary for use in our PV business. This license is exclusive to us for use in the PV business. The license is perpetual and may only terminated by ITN in the event of a material breach by us that we fail to cure within thirty days notice of such breach.

        Also in 2007, we issued a purchase order to ITN for $1.5 million to develop the CIGS deposition and source box that is located inside the CIGS vacuum chamber of our 1.5 MW production line. Costs billed to us for this work in 2007 were approximately $1.2 million. We expect ITN to complete its work on this purchase order in the first quarter of 2008.

        In connection with our formation, in early 2006, ITN assigned to us its CIGS PV-specific technologies, and granted to us a perpetual, exclusive, royalty-free, worldwide license to use certain of ITN's existing and future proprietary process and control technologies that, although non-specific to CIGS PV, we believe will be useful in our production of PV modules for our target markets. See "Business—Research and Development and Intellectual Property." After obtaining necessary approvals and pursuant to a novation, ITN also transferred several government-sponsored CIGS PV research and development contracts to us. At the time the contracts were transferred to us in early 2007, the contracts had a remaining contract value of approximately $1.6 million.

51


Transactions Involving Norsk Hydro Produksjon AS

        In March 2007, we sold 1,600,000 shares of our restricted common stock to Norsk Hydro Produksjon AS in a private placement pursuant to Rule 506 of Regulation D and Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. We also granted two options to Norsk Hydro:

    An option (the Initial Warrants Option) to purchase restricted Class A warrants (or if the Class A warrants are redeemed, common stock) and restricted Class B warrants that are otherwise identical to the Class A warrants formerly traded, and Class B warrants currently traded, on Nasdaq under the symbols ASTIW and ASTIZ, respectively. Norsk Hydro exercised this option in August 2007 to purchase 934,462 additional shares of common stock and 1,965,690 Class B warrants.

    An option (the Tranche 2 Option) to purchase additional shares of restricted common stock, Class A warrants (or if the Class A warrants are redeemed, common stock) and Class B warrants that would result in Norsk Hydro owning up to 35.0% of our issued and outstanding common stock, Class A warrants and Class B warrants. This option became exercisable on December 13, 2007 and expires on June 15, 2009. This option has not yet been exercised. Upon exercise of the Tranche 2 Option, the purchase price of each security obtained will be equal to the average of the closing bids of security in the five consecutive trading days ending on and including the trading day that is one day prior to the date of exercise, as reported by Nasdaq.

        In connection with the sale of these securities, Norsk Hydro received: piggyback registration rights that enable them to require us to register for resale the shares held by them if we engage in a registered public offering; and demand registration rights that become effective in March 2008. Norsk Hydro also holds pre-emptive rights with respect to certain equity issuances by us (on terms no less favorable than any such issuance) in order to maintain its percentage ownership in our common stock, but the pre-emptive rights do not apply to bona fide underwritten public offerings by us.

Future Transactions

        Future transactions with our officers, directors or greater than five percent stockholders will be on terms no less favorable to us than could be obtained from independent third parties, and all such transactions will be reviewed and subject to approval by members of our Audit Committee, which will have access, at our expense, to our or independent legal counsel.

Director Independence

        The Board of Directors has determined that the following directors are "independent" a required by applicable laws and regulations, by the listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market and by our corporate governance guidelines: Stanley Gallery, Dr. Amit Kumar, Joel Porter, Dr. T.W. Fraser Russell and Richard Swanson. The board of directors has also concluded that the members of each of the audit and compensation committees are "independent" in accordance with these same standards.

52



Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

        Fees for audit and related services by our accounting firm, Hein & Associates LLP, for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 were as follows:

 
  2007
  2006
Audit fees   $ 98,000   $ 63,000
Audit related fees     14,000     104,000
   
 
Total audit and audit related fees   $ 112,000   $ 167,000
Tax fees        
All other fees        
   
 
Total Fees   $ 112,000   $ 167,000
   
 

        Audit fees of Hein & Associates LLP for fiscal 2007 and 2006 were incurred during the examination of the financial statements and for interim reviews of the quarterly financial statements. Audit related fees were incurred in connection with our initial public offering in 2006 and other SEC filings in 2007.

Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

        The Audit Committee charter provides that the Audit Committee will pre-approve all audit services and non-audit services to be provided by our independent auditors before the accountant is engaged to render these services. The Audit Committee may consult with management in the decision-making process, but may not delegate this authority to management. The Audit Committee may delegate its authority to pre-approve services to one or more committee members, provided that the designees present the pre-approvals to the full committee at the next committee meeting. All audit and non-audit services performed by our independent accountants have been pre-approved by our Audit Committee to assure that such services do not impair the auditors' independence from us.

Attendance at Annual Meeting

        Representatives of Hein & Associates LLP are expected to be present at the annual meeting, will have the opportunity to make a statement if they desire to do so, and are expected to be available to respond to appropriate questions.

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

        The Audit Committee has reviewed and discussed the audited financial statements with management. The Audit Committee has discussed with the independent accountants the matters required to be discussed by Statement on Accounting Standards No. 61. The Audit Committee also has received the written disclosures and the letter from the independent accountants required by Independence Standards Board Standard No. 1 and has discussed with the independent accountants the accountants' independence. Based on the reviews and discussions referred to above, the Audit

53



Committee recommended to the Company's Board of Directors that the audited financial statements be included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007.

                        Respectfully submitted,

                        AUDIT COMMITTEE

                        Richard Swanson, Chairman
                        Stanley Gallery
                        Amit Kumar

54



PART IV

Item 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

    a.
    The following exhibits are filed as part of, or are incorporated by reference into, this report:

Exhibit
No.

  Description
3.1   Registrant's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed January 23, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-131216), as amended)

3.2

 

Registrant's Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our current report on Form 8-K filed April 17, 2007)

4.1

 

Form of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed January 23, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-131216), as amended)

4.2

 

Form of Class A Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed January 23, 2006 (Reg. No.333-131216), as amended)

4.3

 

Form of Class B Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed January 23, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-131216), as amended)

4.4

 

Form of Unit Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed January 23, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-131216), as amended)

4.5

 

Form of Warrant Agreement between the Registrant and Computershare Trust Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed July 10, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-131216), as amended)

4.6

 

Form of Representative's Purchase Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed July 10, 2006 (Reg. No 333-131216), as amended)

10.1

 

Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Option Plan and Form of Stock Option Agreement (Approved by Board of Directors on April 16,2007; Adopted by Stockholders on June 15, 2007) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our June 30, 2007 Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB filed July 31, 2007)

10.2

 

Employment Agreement with Matthew Foster (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed January 23, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-131216), as amended)

10.3

 

Employment Agreement with Dr. Joseph Armstrong (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed January 23, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-131216), as amended)

10.4

 

Employment Agreement with Janet Casteel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed January 23, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-131216), as amended)

10.5

 

Employment Agreement with Dr. Prem Nath (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our Annual Report on Form 10-KSB filed March 30, 2007)

10.6

 

Employment Agreement with Joseph McCabe (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to our Annual Report on Form 10-KSB filed March 30, 2007)

55



10.7

 

Employment Agreement with Mohan S. Misra (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our current report on Form 8-K filed April 27, 2007)

10.8

 

Employment Agreement with Ashutosh Misra (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our current report on Form 8-K filed April 27, 2007)

10.9

 

Amendment to Employment Agreement with Prem Nath (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our current report on Form 8-K filed January 11, 2008)

10.10

 

Amendment to Employment Agreement with Matthew Foster (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our current report on 8-K filed December 14, 2007)

10.11

 

Securities Purchase Agreement by and between the Registrant and ITN Energy Systems, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed January 23, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-131216), as amended) CTR

10.12

 

Invention and Trade Secret Assignment Agreement and between the Registrant and ITN Energy Systems, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed January 23, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-131216), as amended) CTR

10.13

 

Patent Application Assignment Agreement by and between the Registrant and ITN Energy Systems, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed January 23, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-131216), as amended)

10.14

 

License Agreement by and between the Registrant and ITN Energy Systems, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed January 23, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-131216), as amended) CTR

10.15

 

Sublease Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed January 23, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-131216), as amended)

10.16

 

Service Center Agreement by and between the Registrant and ITN Energy Systems, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed January 23, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-131216), as amended)

10.17

 

Manufacturing Line Agreement by and between the Registrant and ITN Energy Systems, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed January 23, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-131216), as amended)

10.18

 

Amendment No. 1 to Manufacturing Line Agreement between the Registrant and ITN Energy Systems, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7A to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed January 23, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-131216), as amended)

10.19

 

Administrative Services Agreement by and between the Registrant and ITN Energy Systems, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed January 23, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-131216), as amended)

10.20

 

Amendment No. 1 to Administrative Services Agreement between the Registrant and ITN Energy Systems, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8A to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed January 23, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-131216), as amended)

10.21

 

2005 Stock Option Plan and Form of Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed January 23, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-131216), as amended)

56



10.22

 

Bridge Unit Purchase and Investor Subscription agreement with forms of promissory note and bridge right (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed January 23, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-131216), as amended)

10.23

 

Amendment No. 1 to Bridge Unit Purchase and Investor Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed January 23, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-131216), as amended)

10.24

 

Amendment to Annex B to Bridge to Bridge Unit Purchase and Investor Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13A to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed January 23, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-131216), as amended)

10.25

 

Non-Exclusive Patent License Agreement with Midwest Research Institute (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed January 23, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-131216), as amended)

10.26

 

Letter Agreement with the University of Delaware (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 filed January 23, 2006 (Reg. No. 333-131216), as amended)

10.27

 

License Agreement between UD Technology Corporation and Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our current report on Form 8-K filed November 29, 2007) CTR

10.28

 

Novation Agreement with ITN Energy Systems, Inc. and the United States Government (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to our Annual Report on Form 10-KSB filed March 30, 2007)

10.29

 

Amendment to Service Center Agreement with ITN Energy Systems, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to our Annual Report on Form 10-KSB filed March 30, 2007)

10.30

 

Amendment to Sublease Agreement with ITN Energy Systems, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to our Annual Report on Form 10-KSB filed March 30, 2007)

10.31

 

Securities Purchase Agreement with Norsk Hydro Produksjon AS (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to our current report on form 8-K filed March 13, 2007)

10.32

 

Stockholders' Agreement with Norsk Hydro Produksjon AS (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to our current report on form 8-K filed March 13, 2007)

10.33

 

Registration Rights Agreement with Norsk Hydro Produksjon AS (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to our current report on form 8-K filed March 13, 2007)

10.34

 

Voting Agreement with Norsk Hydro Produksjon AS (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to our current report on form 8-K filed March 13, 2007)

10.35

 

Consulting Agreement with Ashutosh Misra (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to our Annual Report on Form 10-KSB filed March 30, 2007)

10.36

 

Contract to Buy and Sell Real Estate and Closing Statement with JN Properties*

10.37

 

Construction Loan Agreement with Colorado Housing and Finance Authority*

10.38

 

Promissory Note with Colorado Housing and Finance Authority*

10.39

 

Construction and Permanent Loan Commitment with Colorado Housing and Finance Authority*

57



10.40

 

Norsk Hydro Cooperation Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our current report on form 8-K filed December 19, 2007)

10.41

 

Amendment No. 1 to Securities Purchase Agreement with Norsk Hydro Produksjon AS*

14.1

 

Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to our Annual Report on Form 10-KSB filed March 30, 2007)

31.1

 

Chief Executive Officer Certification pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

31.2

 

Chief Accounting Officer Certification pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

32.1

 

Chief Executive Officer Certification pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

32.2

 

Chief Accounting Officer Certification pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

*
Filed herewith

CTR
Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

58


ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on the 14th day of March, 2008.


 

 

ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
MATTHEW FOSTER       
Matthew Foster
Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
  Capacities
  Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/   MATTHEW FOSTER       
Matthew Foster
  President & Chief Executive Officer (Principal executive officer)   March 14, 2008

/s/  
JANET CASTEEL       
Janet Casteel

 

Chief Accounting Officer (Principal financial and accounting officer)

 

March 14, 2008

/s/  
MOHAN S. MISRA       
Mohan S. Misra, Ph.D.

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

March 13, 2008

/s/  
AMIT KUMAR       
Amit Kumar, Ph.D.

 

Director

 

March 13, 2008

/s/  
T.W. FRASER RUSSELL       
T.W. Fraser Russell, Ph.D.

 

Director

 

March 13, 2008

/s/  
STANLEY A. GALLERY       
Stanley A. Gallery

 

Director

 

March 13, 2008

/s/  
JOEL S. PORTER       
Joel S. Porter

 

Director

 

March 13, 2008

/s/  
EINAR GLOMNES       
Einar Glomnes

 

Director

 

March 13, 2008

59



Index to Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Financial Statements

 
  Page
Balance Sheets—As of December 31, 2007 and 2006   F-3

Statements of Operations-For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 and for the period from inception (October 18, 2005) through December 31, 2007

 

F-4

Statements of Stockholders' Equity-For the period from inception (October 18, 2005) through December 31, 2007

 

F-5

Statements of Cash Flows-For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 and for the period from inception (October 18, 2005) through December 31, 2007

 

F-6

Notes to Financial Statements

 

F-7

F-1



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors
Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc.
Littleton, Colorado

        We have audited the balance sheets of Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc. (a Development Stage Company as defined by SFAS No. 7) as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related statements of operations, shareholder's equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 and for the period from inception (October 18, 2005) through December 31, 2007. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc. as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 and for the period from inception (October 18, 2005) through December 31, 2007 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

        We were not engaged to examine Management's assertion about the effectiveness of Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007 included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion thereon.

HEIN  & ASSOCIATES LLP

Denver, Colorado
March 13, 2008

F-2



ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company as Defined by SFAS No. 7)

BALANCE SHEETS

 
  December 31, 2007
  December 31, 2006
 
ASSETS              
Current Assets:              
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 580,746   $ 786,357  
  Short term investments     37,120,000     9,885,000  
  Accounts receivable—Contracts     204,351      
  Related party receivable         4,440  
  Other current assets     349,062     115,222  
   
 
 
    Total current assets     38,254,159     10,791,019  
Property & Equipment, net of depreciation and amortization of $115,051              
      and $12,635 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively     1,651,243     91,008  
   
 
 
Other Assets              
  Deposits on manufacturing equipment     9,720,309     370,000  
  Patents, net of amortization of $1,279 and $0 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.      91,215     37,568  
  Other non-current assets     100,000      
   
 
 
      9,911,524     407,568  
   
 
 
Total Assets   $ 49,816,926   $ 11,289,595  
   
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY              
Current Liabilities:              
  Accounts payable   $ 257,529   $ 73,043  
  Related party payable     264,797     183,954  
  Accrued expenses     652,524     121,636  
   
 
 
    Total current liabilities     1,174,850     378,633  
Deferred Rent     20,021     9,912  
Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 6, 12 and 14)              
Stockholders' Equity:              
  Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value, 25,000,000 shares authorized, no shares outstanding          
  Common Stock, $0.0001 par value, 75,000,000 shares authorized; 11,435,901 and 5,322,094 shared issued and outstanding at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively     1,144     532  
  Additional Paid in Capital     60,512,476     16,288,664  
  Deficit accumulated during the development stage     (11,891,565 )   (5,388,146 )
   
 
 
    Total Stockholders' Equity     48,622,055     10,901,050  
   
 
 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity   $ 49,816,926   $ 11,289,595  
   
 
 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-3



ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company as Defined by SFAS No. 7)

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 
  For the Years Ended December 31,
   
 
 
  For the Period
from inception
(October 18, 2005) through December 31, 2007

 
 
  2007
  2006
 
Research & Development Revenues   $ 1,002,674   $   $ 1,002,674  
   
 
 
 
Costs and Expenses                    
  Research & Development     3,975,079     690,964     4,666,043  
  General and Administrative     4,953,910     2,684,340     8,842,744  
   
 
 
 
    Total Costs and Expenses     8,928,989     3,375,304     13,508,787  
   
 
 
 
Loss from Operations     (7,926,315 )   (3,375,304 )   (12,506,113 )

Other Income/(Expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Interest Expense     (424 )   (1,080,691 )   (1,083,855 )
  Interest Income     1,423,320     275,083     1,698,403  
   
 
 
 
      1,422,896     (805,608 )   614,548  
   
 
 
 
Net Loss   $ (6,503,419 ) $ (4,180,912 ) $ (11,891,565 )
   
 
 
 
Net Loss Per Share                    
  (Basic and diluted)   $ (0.70 ) $ (1.45 )      
   
 
       
Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding                    
  (Basic and diluted)     9,237,252     2,881,639        
   
 
       

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-4



ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(Development Stage Company as Defined by SFAS No. 7)

STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY


For the Period from inception (October 18, 2005) through December 31, 2007

 
  Common Stock
  Preferred Stock
  Additional Paid-In
  Accumulated
  Total Stockholders'
 
 
  Shares
  Amount
  Shares
  Amount
  Capital
  Deficit
  Equity
 
Balance at inception, October 18, 2005                        
Proceeds from sale of common stock (11/05 @ $.04 per share)   972,000   $ 97       $ 38,783   $   $ 38,880  

Stock Based Compensation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Founders Stock               933,120         933,120  
Stock Options               26,004         26,004  
Net loss                   (1,207,234 )   (1,207,234 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2005   972,000   $ 97       $ 997,907   $ (1,207,234 ) $ (209,230 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transfer of assets at historical cost (1/06 @ $0.03 per share)   1,028,000     103         31,097         31,200  
Proceeds From IPO (7/06 @ $5.50 per unit)   3,000,000     300         16,499,700         16,500,000  
IPO Costs               (2,392,071 )       (2,392,071 )
Stock issued to Bridge Loan Lenders (7/06 @ $2.75 per share)   290,894     29         799,971         800,000  
Exercise of Stock Options (9/06 & 12/06 @ $0.10 per share)   31,200     3         3,117         3,120  
Stock Based Compensation- Stock options               348,943         348,943  
Net loss                   (4,180,912 )   (4,180,912 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2006   5,322,094   $ 532       $ 16,288,664   $ (5,388,146 ) $ 10,901,050  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercise of Stock Options (1/07-12/07@ $.10) (7/07-12/07@ $4.25) (9/07-12/07@ $2.51-$2.76)   169,963     17         346,417         346,434  
Conversion of Class A Public Warrants at $6.60   3,098,382     310         20,449,011         20,449,321  
Redemption of Class A Public Warrants at $0.25 per share               (48,128 )       (48,128 )
Conversion of Class B Public Warrants at $11.00 per share   11,000     1         120,999         121,000  
Stock Based Compensation- Stock options               1,734,879         1,734,879  
Proceeds from Private Placement:                                      
  Common Stock (3/07 @ $5.77 and 8/07 @ $7.198)   2,534,462     254         15,962,003         15,962,257  
  Class B Public Warrants (8/07 @ $1.91)                   3,754,468         3,754,468  
Private Placement Costs               (75,807 )       (75,807 )
Exercise of Representative's Warrants (9/07-11/07 @ $6.60 per unit)   300,000     30         1,979,970         1,980,000  
Net loss                   (6,503,419 )   (6,503,419 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2007   11,435,901   $ 1,144       $ 60,512,476   $ (11,891,565 ) $ 48,622,055  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-5



ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company as Defined by SFAS No. 7)

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
   
   
  For the Period from inception (October 18, 2005) through December 31, 2007
 
 
  For the years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
 
Operating Activities:                    
  Net loss   $ (6,503,419 ) $ (4,180,912 ) $ (11,891,565 )
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash used in operating activities:                    
    Depreciation and amortization     102,416     12,635     115,051  
    Stock based compensation     1,734,879     348,943     3,042,946  
    Charge off of deferred financing costs to interest expense         198,565     198,565  
    Charge off of bridge loan discount to interest expense         800,000     800,000  
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                    
    Accounts receivable     (204,351 )       (204,351 )
    Related party receivables     4,440     (4,440 )    
    Other current assets     (233,840 )   (115,222 )   (349,062 )
    Accounts payable     184,486     30,070     257,529  
    Related party payable     80,843     135,076     264,797  
    Deferred rent     10,109     9,912     20,021  
    Accrued expenses     530,887     8,026     652,525  
   
 
 
 
      Net cash used in operating activities     (4,293,550 )   (2,757,347 )   (7,093,544 )

Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
    Purchases of available-for-sale-securities     (97,116,344 )   (46,244,450 )   (143,360,794 )
    Maturities and sales of available for-sale securities     69,881,344     36,359,450     106,240,794  
    Purchase of equipment     (1,662,650 )   (97,399 )   (1,760,050 )
    Deposits on manufacturing equipment     (9,350,309 )   (370,000 )   (9,720,309 )
    Patent activity costs     (53,647 )   (12,611 )   (66,258 )
    Deposit on Building     (100,000 )       (100,000 )
   
 
 
 
      Net cash used in investing activities     (38,401,606 )   (10,365,010 )   (48,766,617 )

Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
    Proceeds from bridge loan financing         1,600,000     1,600,000  
    Repayment of bridge loan financing         (1,600,000 )   (1,600,000 )
    Payment of financing costs         (171,401 )   (198,565 )
    Payment of IPO & private placement costs     (75,807 )   (2,251,064 )   (2,467,880 )
    Proceeds from note             200,000  
    Repayment of note         (200,000 )   (200,000 )
    Proceeds from sale of stock, class A & B warrants, representative warrants, & exercise of options     42,613,480     16,503,120     59,155,480  
    Redemption of class A warrants     (48,128 )       (48,128 )
   
 
 
 
      Net cash provided by financing activities     42,489,545     13,880,655     56,440,907  
   
 
 
 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents     (205,611 )   758,298     580,746  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     786,357     28,059      
   
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 580,746   $ 786,357   $ 580,746  
   
 
 
 
Supplemental Cash Flow Information:                    
    Cash paid for interest   $ 424   $ 84,819   $ 85,243  
   
 
 
 
    Cash paid for income taxes   $   $   $  
   
 
 
 
Non-Cash Transactions:                    
    ITN initial contribution of assets for equity   $   $ 31,200   $ 31,200  
   
 
 
 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-6


ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(A Development Stage Company as Defined by SFAS No. 7)

NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION

        Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc. (Ascent or the Company) was incorporated on October 18, 2005 from the separation by ITN Energy, Inc. (ITN) of its Advanced Photovoltaic Division and all of that division's key personnel and core technologies. ITN, a private company incorporated in 1994, is an incubator dedicated to the development of thin-film, photovoltaic (PV) battery, fuel cell and nano technologies. Through its work on research and development contracts for private and government entities, ITN developed proprietary processing and manufacturing know-how applicable to PV products generally, and to Copper-Indium-Gallium-diSelenide (CIGS) PV products in particular. ITN formed Ascent to commercialize its investment in CIGS PV technologies. In January 2006, in exchange for 1,028,000 shares of common stock of Ascent, ITN assigned to Ascent all ITN's CIGS PV technologies and trade secrets and granted to Ascent a perpetual, exclusive, royalty-free worldwide license to use ITN's proprietary process, control and design technologies in the production of CIGS PV modules. Upon receipt of the necessary government approvals in January 2007, ITN assigned government-funded research and development contracts to Ascent and also transferred the key personnel working on the contracts to Ascent. Today, ITN still provides Ascent, at cost, a variety of administrative and technical services such as facilities management, equipment maintenance, procurement, information technology and technical support services.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        Basis of Presentation:     The Company's activities to date have substantially consisted of raising capital, research and development, and the development of a 1.5 MW production plant. Revenues to date have been generated from the Company's government research and development (R&D) contracts and have not been significant. The Company's planned principal operations to commercialize flexible PV modules has not yet commenced. Accordingly, the Company is considered to be in the development stage, as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 7 (SFAS No. 7), Accounting and Reporting by Development Stage Enterprises .

        Short Term Investments:     The Company's short term investments, which are classified as available-for-sale securities, are invested in high-grade variable rate demand notes, which have a final maturity date of up to 30 years but whose interest rates are reset at varying intervals typically between 1 and 7 days. Unlike auction rate securities, variable rate demand notes can be readily liquidated at any interest rate reset date, either by putting them back to the original issuer or by putting them to a third-party remarketer as generally provided in the original prospectus. To date, the Company has always been able to redeem its holdings of these securities in accordance with their terms, and the Company believes that the risk of non-redemption is minimal. Consequently, these securities are available for use to support the current cash needs of the Company's operations, and in accordance with Accounting Research Bulletin 43, they are classified as short term investments.

        Cash Equivalents:     The Company considers all highly liquid debt securities purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains cash balances which may exceed federally insured limits. The Company does not believe that this results in any significant credit risk.

        Revenue Recognition:     Revenue to date is from government research and development contracts under terms that are cost plus fee or firm fixed price. Revenue from cost plus fee contracts is

F-7


ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(A Development Stage Company as Defined by SFAS No. 7)

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


recognized as costs are incurred on the basis of direct costs plus allowable indirect costs and an allocable portion of the firm fixed fee. Revenue from firm fixed price contracts is recognized under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting, with costs and estimated profits included in contract revenue as work is performed. If actual and estimated costs to complete a contract indicate a loss, provision is made currently for the loss anticipated on the contract.

        Patents:     To the extent the Company obtains or is awarded patents, patent costs will be amortized on a straight line basis over the legal life, or over their estimated useful lives, whichever is shorter. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had $91,215 of patent costs of which $35,812 represent costs incurred for an awarded patent, and the remaining $55,403 represent costs on patents in process. Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 were $1,279 and $0, respectively.

        Property and Equipment:     Property and equipment are recorded at the original cost to the Company. Assets are being depreciated over estimated useful lives of one to seven years using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the remainder of the lease's term or the life of the improvements. Upon retirement or disposal, the cost of the asset disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in income. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

        Risks and uncertainties:     The Company's operations are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, including those associated with: the ability to meet obligations; continuing losses; fluctuation in operating results; funding expansions; strategic alliances; financing arrangement terms that may restrict operations; regulatory issues; and competition. Additionally, U.S. government contracts may be terminated prior to completion of full funding by the U.S. government.

        Net loss per common share:     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, " Earnings Per Share, " provides for the calculation of "Basic" and "Diluted" earnings per share. Basic earnings per share include no dilution and are computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect the potential of securities that could share in the earnings of the Company, similar to fully diluted earnings per share. Common stock equivalents consisting of Class B Warrants, IPO Warrants (representative warrants), and stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2007 of approximately 10 million shares, have been omitted from loss per share because they are anti-dilutive. Basic and diluted loss per share was the same in each of the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.

        Research and development costs:     Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

        Incomes Taxes:     In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (FIN) No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes . The Company adopted the provisions of FIN No. 48 on January 1, 2007. Deferred income taxes are provided using the liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than

F-8


ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(A Development Stage Company as Defined by SFAS No. 7)

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of the changes in tax laws and rates of the date of enactment.

        In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued FIN 48, which clarifies the accounting and disclosure for uncertainty in tax positions, as defined. FIN 48 seeks to reduce the diversity in practice associated with certain aspects of the recognition and measurement related to accounting for income taxes. The Company is subject to the provisions of FIN 48 as of January 1, 2007, and has analyzed filing positions in all of the federal and state jurisdictions where it is required to file income tax returns, as well as all open tax years in these jurisdictions. The Company has identified its federal tax return and its Colorado tax return as "major" tax jurisdictions, as defined. The periods subject to examination for the Company's federal and state tax returns are tax years 2005 through 2006. The Company believes that its income tax filing positions and deductions will be sustained on audit and does not anticipate any adjustments that will result in a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flow. Therefore, no reserves for uncertain income tax positions have been recorded pursuant to FIN 48. In addition, the Company did not record a cumulative effect adjustment related to the adoption of FIN 48.

        Stock-based Compensation:     The Company accounts for share-based payments under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), " Share-Based Payment, " (SFAS 123(R)) which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees, officers and directors, and consultants, including employee stock options based on estimated fair values. SFAS 123(R) requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service period in the Company's Statements of Operations. Stock-based compensation is based on awards ultimately expected to vest and is reduced for estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

        For purposes of determining estimated fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant under SFAS 123(R), the Company used the Black-Scholes option-pricing model (Black-Scholes Model). The Black-Scholes Model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions. Because the Company's employee stock options may have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management's opinion, the existing models may not provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of the Company's employee stock options. Management will continue to assess the assumptions and methodologies used to calculate estimated fair value of share-based compensation. Circumstances may change and additional data may become available over time, which result in changes to these assumptions and methodologies, which could materially impact the Company's fair value determination.

        The guidance in SFAS 123(R) is relatively new, and best practices are not well established. The application of these principles may be subject to further interpretation and refinement over time. There are significant differences among option valuation models, and this may result in a lack of comparability with other companies that use different models, methods and assumptions. If factors change and the Company employs different assumptions in the application of SFAS 123(R) in future

F-9


ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(A Development Stage Company as Defined by SFAS No. 7)

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


periods, or if the Company decides to use a different valuation model, the compensation expense that the Company records in the future under SFAS 123(R) may differ significantly from what it has recorded in the current period and could materially affect its loss from operations, net loss and net loss per share.

        Reclassifications:     Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2006 financial statements to conform to the 2007 presentation. Such reclassifications had no effect on net loss.

        Use of estimates:     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        Recent accounting pronouncements:     In September 2006, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS No. 157). SFAS No. 157 provides enhanced guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities. SFAS No. 157 clarifies the principle that fair value should be based on the assumptions market participants would use when pricing the assets or liabilities and establishes a hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop those assumptions. SFAS No. 157 applies whenever other standards require (or permit) assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Therefore, the Company is required to adopt SFAS 157 by the first quarter of 2008. The adoption of SFAS No. 157 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In February 2007, the FASB issued FASB Statement 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (SFAS 159). SFAS 159 allows the Company to choose to measure many financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected are reported in earnings. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Therefore, the Company is required to adopt SFAS 159 by the first quarter of 2008. The adoption of SFAS No. 159 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (SFAS No. 141R). SFAS No. 141(R), among other things, establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer in a business combination (i) recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquired business, (ii) recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase, and (iii) determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS No. 141R is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, with early adoption prohibited. The Company is required to adopt SFAS No. 141(R) for all business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after January 1, 2009. Earlier adoption is prohibited. This standard will change the Company's accounting treatment for business combinations on a prospective basis.

F-10


ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(A Development Stage Company as Defined by SFAS No. 7)

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an Amendment of ARB No. 51 (SFAS No. 160). SFAS No. 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for noncontrolling interests in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. Minority interests will be recharacterized as noncontrolling interests and classified as a component of equity. It also establishes a single method of accounting for changes in a parent's ownership interest in a subsidiary and requires expanded disclosures. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, with early adoption prohibited. The Company does not expect the adoption of this Statement will have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

NOTE 3. LIQUIDITY AND CONTINUED OPERATIONS

        As discussed in Note 1, the Company is in the development stage and is currently incurring significant losses from operations. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had $37.7 million cash and investments of which approximately $1.1 million of this cash will be used for final progress payments to its equipment suppliers on its 1.5 MW line and another $2.3 million is committed for a manufacturing research and development tool in conjunction with planned expansion to approximately 30 MW of rated capacity.

        The Company expects to commence limited commercial production on its 1.5 MW production line in the second quarter of 2008. The Company expects its current cash balance to be sufficient to cover its operational expenditures through 2009 based on currently known factors, although it expects that it will need to raise capital in 2008 in order to purchase the production tools necessary to achieve approximately 30 MW of rated capacity by the end of 2009.

NOTE 4. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE CONTRACTS

        Effective January 1, 2007, the Company completed the novation, or transfer, of approximately $3.5 million in government funded research and development contracts ("R&D Contracts") from ITN. The various contracts are being performed for U.S. government customers that include the Air Force Research Laboratory and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration. In addition to approximately $1.6 million in future revenues to be provided under the transferred contracts, the key scientists, engineers, and process technicians responsible for performing under the transferred contracts were also transferred from ITN to become full-time Ascent employees. In 2007, R&D Contracts of approximately $1.7 million in potential revenue were awarded directly to the Company.

        Accounts receivable consists mainly of billed and unbilled amounts under these R&D Contracts. Management deems all accounts receivable to be collectible.

        The components of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2007 are:

 
  December 31, 2007
Billed receivables   $ 176,168
Unbilled receivables     28,183
   
Total   $ 204,351
   

F-11


ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(A Development Stage Company as Defined by SFAS No. 7)

NOTE 4. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE CONTRACTS (Continued)

        Unbilled receivables represent costs incurred but not yet billed, including retainage amounts by the Government on contracts that have not been closed out at the end of the year.

         Provisional Indirect Cost Rates— In 2007, the Company billed the government under cost-based R&D Contracts at provisional billing rates which permit the recovery of indirect costs. These rates are subject to audit on an annual basis by the government agencies' cognizant audit agency. The cost audit will result in the negotiation and determination of the final indirect cost rates. The Company has not been audited and has not received final rate determinations for the year ended December 31, 2007. The final rates, if different from the actual, may create an additional receivable or liability.

        In the opinion of management, re-determination of any cost-based contracts for 2007 will not have a material effect on the Company's financial position or results of operation.

         Contract Status— The Company has authorized but not completed contracts on which work is in process at December 31, 2007 as follows:

Total Contract price of initial contract awards, including exercised options and approved change orders (modifications)   $ 5,228,023  
Completed to date(1)     (2,828,453 )
   
 
  Authorized backlog     2,399,570  
   
 

      (1)
      Includes work performed by ITN prior to January 1, 2007.

NOTE 5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

        Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31, 2007 and 2006:

 
  December 31, 2007
  December 31, 2006
 
Computer Equipment   $ 147,943   $ 47,771  
Furniture and Fixtures     2,027     2,716  
R&D Equipment     150,993     53,156  
Shop/Facility Equipment     12,253      
Leasehold Improvements     724,907      
Manufacturing Equipment     728,171      
   
 
 
      1,766,294     103,643  
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization     (115,051 )   (12,635 )
   
 
 
Property and equipment, net   $ 1,651,243   $ 91,008  
   
 
 

        Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $102,416 and $12,635, respectively.

F-12


ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(A Development Stage Company as Defined by SFAS No. 7)

NOTE 6. DEPOSITS ON MANUFACTURING EQUIPMENT

        As of December 31, 2007, the Company had entered into approximately $12.0 million of manufacturing equipment purchase agreements and a construction contractor agreement (1.5 MW Purchase Agreements) to complete its 1.5 MW production line and to make facility modifications. Included in the $12.0 million Purchase Agreements is a purchase order to ITN for $1.5 million to develop the CIGS deposition and source box that is located inside the CIGS vacuum chamber. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company had made deposits on the 1.5 MW Purchase Agreements of approximately $9.7 million and $370,000, respectively, which have been reflected on the Balance Sheet as Deposits on manufacturing equipment in Other Assets. As of December 31, 2007, $1.2 million has been capitalized in Property & Equipment on the Balance Sheet and $1.1 million remains as commitments under the 1.5 MW Purchase Agreements. Additional purchase agreements of approximately $2.3 million have been entered into in 2007 for a manufacturing research and development tool for the Company's planned expansion to approximately 30 MW of rated capacity. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had made down payments on these additional purchase agreements of approximately $400,000, which have also been reflected on the Balance Sheet as Deposits on manufacturing equipment in Other Assets. The remaining commitments as of December 31, 2007 on these additional purchase agreements total approximately $1.9 million.

        A majority of the 1.5 MW Purchase Agreements terms is based on set milestone deliverables, such as the Company's acceptance of design requirements and successful installation and commissioning of the equipment. Approximately $3.7 million of the 1.5 MW Purchase Agreements are denominated in euros and pounds sterling. The Company records a liability equal to the payment milestone at the time each of these milestones is reached and records a gain or loss resulting from the foreign currency translations (transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the Company) based on the currency fluctuation from the date the milestone is reached to the date the actual milestone payment is made. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 there were no gains or losses on foreign currency recorded as the currency fluctuation from the dates the milestones were reached and the dates the actual milestone payments were made were immaterial.

        Delivery and installation of the 1.5 MW manufacturing equipment began in the fourth quarter 2007, and the Company anticipates completion by the end of March 2008.

NOTE 7. DEBT

        In January 2006, the Company completed a $1.6 million bridge loan (Bridge Financing) from lenders (Bridge Noteholders) to help meet the Company's working capital needs. The loans (Bridge Loans) accrued interest at an annual rate of 10% and were due and payable on the earlier of January 2007 or the completion of Ascent's public offering of equity securities with gross proceeds of at least $5,000,000 (Qualified Public Offering). In July 2006, with the proceeds from a Qualified Public Offering ( i.e.,  the Company's initial public offering or IPO), the Company repaid the Bridge Loans including accrued interest.

        In connection with the Bridge Loans, the Company issued rights (Bridge Rights) to the Bridge Noteholders. One Bridge Right was issued for every $25,000 loaned. In July 2006, upon completion of the IPO, the holders of Bridge Rights received restricted units. The holder of each Bridge Right received that number of units equal to $25,000 divided by the IPO price of the units of $5.50 for a total of 290,894 units. The units are identical to those offered in Ascent's IPO and consisted of one share of

F-13


ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(A Development Stage Company as Defined by SFAS No. 7)

NOTE 7. DEBT (Continued)


common stock, one redeemable Class A public warrant and two non-redeemable Class B warrants. In September 2006, the SEC declared effective the Company's Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (Reg. No. 333-137008) for the shares and warrants underlying the 290,894 units issued in connection with the Bridge Rights. The Registration Statement on Form SB-2 subsequently was converted to a Registration Statement on Form S-3.

        Paulson Investment Company, Inc. acted as the placement agent for the Bridge Financing. The Company paid Paulson Investment Company, Inc. a commission equal to 10% of the gross proceeds from the Bridge Financing, plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. The Bridge Loans and the Bridge Rights were allocated for accounting purposes based on the relative fair values of the Bridge Loans without the Bridge Rights and the Bridge Rights themselves at the time of issuance. The actual value of the Bridge Loans and the Bridge Rights was computed at $1,600,000 each for a total value of $3,200,000. Since they were each of equal value, the $1,600,000 of proceeds was allocated 50% to the Bridge Loans and 50% to the Bridge Rights ( i.e.,  $800,000 each). The Bridge Rights of $800,000 were accounted for as paid-in capital.

        The discount for the commission ($160,000) and the Bridge Rights ($800,000) were amortized into interest expense over the life of the loans. In July 2006 with the repayment of the Bridge Loans, the remaining unamortized balance of the discount for commission and Bridge Rights was recognized as interest expense in the Statements of Operations. For the year ended December 31, 2006 and the period from inception (October 18, 2005) through December 31, 2007, the Company recorded $960,000 in interest expense related to these discounts.

NOTE 8. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

        The Company authorized capital stock consists of 75,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value, and 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value. In November 2005, the Company issued 972,000 shares of common stock at a price of $0.04 per share. The Company has recorded for financial statement purposes the 972,000 shares at a fair value of $1.00 per share. The Statements of Stockholders' Equity reflect compensation expense of $933,120 related to the recording of this stock transaction. In January 2006, in consideration of certain asset transfers, licenses and service agreements (see Note 1), the Company issued 1,028,000 shares of common stock to ITN Energy Systems, Inc.

        Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share, may be issued in classes or series. Designations, powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions are determined by the Company's Board of Directors.

        Initial Public Offering:     On July 10, 2006, the SEC declared effective the Company's Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (Reg. No. 333-131216), and the Company completed its IPO of 3,000,000 units on July 14, 2006. Each unit consisted of one share of common stock, one redeemable Class A warrant and two non-redeemable Class B warrants. The managing underwriter of the IPO was Paulson Investment Company, Inc. The IPO price was $5.50 per unit. The gross proceeds of the offering were $16,500,000. Ascent's net proceeds from the offering, after deducting the underwriter's discount of $1,097,250 and other fees and expenses, aggregated approximately $14,000,000.

F-14


ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(A Development Stage Company as Defined by SFAS No. 7)

NOTE 8. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

        The common stock and Class A and Class B warrants traded only as a unit through August 9, 2006, after which the common stock, the Class A warrants and the Class B warrants began trading separately.

        Class A warrants.     On May 24, 2007, the Company publicly announced that it intended to redeem its outstanding Class A warrants. The Class A warrants became eligible for redemption by the Company at $0.25 per warrant on April 16, 2007, when the last reported sale price of the Company's common stock had equaled or exceeded $9.35 for five consecutive trading days. There were 3,290,894 Class A warrants issued in connection with the Company's initial public offering, including the warrants issued to the Bridge Noteholders. The Class A warrants were exercisable at a price of $6.60 per share.

        The exercise period ended June 22, 2007. During the exercise period, 3,098,382 Class A warrants (94.1% of The total outstanding) were exercised for an equal number of shares of common stock, and the Company received $20,449,321 in proceeds from the warrant exercises. At the end of the exercise period, 192,512 Class A warrants remained outstanding. The Company has set aside funds with its warrant transfer agent to redeem the outstanding warrants for $0.25 per warrant, or a total cost of $48,128. As of December 31, 2007, 9,090 Class A warrants remain unredeemed.

        Class B warrants.     The Class B warrants included in the units became exercisable on August 10, 2006. The exercise price of a Class B public warrant is $11.00. The Class B warrants expire on July 10, 2011. The Company does not have the right to redeem the Class B warrants. During the year ended December 31, 2007, 11,000 Class B warrants were exercised resulting in proceeds to the Company of $121,000. As of December 31, 2007, 8,836,478 Class B warrants were outstanding.

        IPO warrants.     Warrants to purchase 300,000 units at $6.60 were issued to underwriters of the Company's initial public offering in July 2006 (representative's warrants). A unit consists of one share of common stock, one Class A redeemable warrant and two Class B non-redeemable warrants. The warrants expire on July 10, 2011. Upon exercise of the representative's warrants, holders will be forced to choose whether to exercise the underlying Class A warrants or hold them for redemption. As noted above, on June 25, 2007, any Class A warrants then outstanding expired and became redeemable.

        Representative's warrants to purchase 150,000 units have been exercised as of December 31, 2007, as have the 150,000 underlying Class A warrants resulting in an issuance of 300,000 shares of common stock and 600,000 Class B warrants for total proceeds to the Company of $1.98 million. To the extent that holders of representative's warrants are entitled to receive Class A warrants upon exercise of the representative's warrants, those warrants will be immediately subject to call for redemption at $0.25 per warrant. The holders will then have to decide whether to exercise their Class A warrants or hold them for redemption. As of December 31, 2007, 150,000 representative's warrants remained unexercised.

        Private Placement of Securities:     The Company completed a private placement of securities with Norsk Hydro Produksjon AS (Hydro) in March 2007. Hydro is a subsidiary of Norsk Hydro ASA. Hydro purchased 1,600,000 shares of the Company's common stock (representing 23% of the Company's outstanding common stock post transaction) for an aggregate purchase price of $9,236,000. The Company recorded $75,807 of costs associated with the private placement as a reduction to Additional Paid in Capital on the Company's Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2007. In connection with the private placement, Hydro was granted options to purchase additional shares and warrants.

F-15


ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(A Development Stage Company as Defined by SFAS No. 7)

NOTE 8. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)

        In August 2007, Hydro acquired an additional 934,462 shares of the Company's common stock and 1,965,690 Class B warrants through the exercise of an option previously granted to Hydro and approved by Ascent's stockholders in June 2007. Gross proceeds to the Company were $10.48 million, and reflected per share and per warrant purchase prices were equal to the average of the closing bids of each security, as reported by Nasdaq, for the five consecutive trading days preceding exercise.

        After acquiring these additional shares, Hydro again held 23% of the total outstanding common shares, after its holdings were diluted as the result of the redemption of Class A warrants and now owns 23% of total outstanding Class B warrants. Pursuant to another option that was approved by Ascent's stockholders, beginning December 13, 2007, Hydro has the opportunity to purchase additional shares and Class B warrants so that it will hold up to 35% of each class of security.

        As of December 31, 2007, the Company had 11,435,901 shares of common stock and no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

NOTE 9. STOCK BASED COMPENSATION

        Stock Option Plan:     The Company's 2005 Stock Option Plan, as amended (Option Plan) provides for the grant of incentive or non-statutory stock options to the Company's employees, directors and consultants. A total of 1,000,000 shares of common stock is reserved for issuance under the Option Plan. The Board of Directors and the Company's stockholders approved the Option Plan and its amendments.

        The Option Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, which determines the terms of the options, including the exercise price (equal to or greater than fair market value), expiration date, vesting schedule and number of shares. The term of any incentive stock option granted under the Option Plan may not exceed ten years, or five years for options granted to an optionee owning more than 10% of the Company's voting stock. The exercise price of an incentive stock option granted under the Option Plan must be equal to or greater than the fair market value of the shares of the Company's common stock on the date the option is granted. An incentive stock option granted to an optionee owning more than 10% of the Company's voting stock must have an exercise price equal to or greater than 110% of the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date the option is granted. The exercise price of a non-statutory option granted under the Option Plan must be equal to or greater than 85% of the fair market value of the shares of the Company's common stock on the date the option is granted.

        Stock Based Compensation:     The Company accounts for share-based payments under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), " Share-Based Payment, " ("SFAS 123(R)") which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees, officers and directors and consultants, including employee stock options based on estimated fair values. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 and for the period from inception (October 18, 2005) through December 31, 2007 is based on awards ultimately expected to vest and it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures.

F-16


ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(A Development Stage Company as Defined by SFAS No. 7)

NOTE 9. STOCK BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

        The weighted average estimated fair value of employee stock options granted for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 were $9.90 and $2.07 per share, respectively. Fair value was calculated using the Black-Scholes Model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 
  For the Years Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2007
  2006
 
Expected volatility   83.7 % 90.2 %
Risk free interest rate   3.3 - 3.6 % 4.62 %
Expected dividends      
Expected life (in years)   6.41   6.1  

        The Company based its estimate of expected volatility on disclosures made by peers. The expected option term was calculated using the "simplified" method permitted by Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) 107. Forfeitures were estimated based on historical employee retention experience among staff of similar position to those granted options in the plan. Stock-based compensation expense recognized for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 were as follows:

 
  For the Years Ended December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
Officers, directors & employees   $ 461,432   $ 159,098
Outside providers     1,273,447     189,845
   
 
    $ 1,734,879   $ 348,943
   
 

        Stock-based compensation expense is calculated on a straight-line basis over the vesting periods of the related options. In future periods, the compensation expense that the Company records under SFAS 123(R) may differ significantly from what the Company recorded in the current period, as the Company builds company-specific performance history.

        As of December 31, 2007, the Company had approximately $3,414,000 of total compensation cost ($1,723,000 to officers, directors and employees, and $1,691,000 to outside providers) related to non-vested awards not yet recognized and expects to recognize these costs over a weighted average period of approximately 3 years.

F-17


ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(A Development Stage Company as Defined by SFAS No. 7)

NOTE 9. STOCK BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

        The following schedule summarizes activity in its stock-option plan (shares in thousands):

 
  Stock Option Shares
  Stock Options Weighted Average Exercise Price
  Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life in Years
  Aggregate Intrinsic Value
OUTSTANDING AT OCTOBER 18, 2005     $          
Granted   408     0.10          
   
               
OUTSTANDING AT DECEMBER 31,2005   408   $ 0.10          
   
 
         
Granted   336     3.64          
Exercised   (31 )   (.10 )        
Canceled   (75 )   (1.26 )        
   
               
OUTSTANDING AT DECEMBER 31, 2006   638   $ 1.83          
   
 
         
Granted   232     11.52          
Exercised   (170 )   (2.04 )        
Canceled   (13 )   (1.03 )        
   
               
OUTSTANDING AT DECEMBER 31, 2007   687   $ 5.07   4.82   $ 13,595,562
   
 
 
 
EXERCISABLE AT DECEMBER 31, 2007   237   $ 2.10   2.40   $ 5,403,718
   
 
 
 

        The total intrinsic value, or the difference between the exercise price and the market price on the date of exercise of all options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $1,882,882 and $56,180, respectively. As of December 31, 2007, approximately 400,000 shares were expected to vest in the future at a weighted average exercise price of $2.10. As of December 31, 2007, approximately 112,000 shares remained available for future grants under the Option Plan.

        The following table contains details of the Company's outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2007:

 
  Options Outstanding
  Options Exercisable
Range of
Exercise Prices

  Number Outstanding
  Weighted Average Exercise Price
  Number Exercisable
  Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
  (In Thousands)
   
  (In Thousands)
   
$0.10   243   $ 0.10   137   $ 0.10
$2.51 - $4.25   286   $ 3.46   80   $ 3.98
$7.90 - $8.82   33   $ 8.30   20   $ 8.33
$17.15 - $18.35   125   $ 17.55   0   $

NOTE 10: INCOME TAXES

        The Company records taxes using the liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed for the expected future impact of temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using current income tax rates and for the expected future tax benefit to be derived from tax loss and tax credit carry-forwards.

F-18


ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(A Development Stage Company as Defined by SFAS No. 7)

NOTE 10: INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        At December 31, 2007, the Company has approximately $4,100,000 in net operating loss carry-forwards that will expire beginning in 2025. Approximately $1,500,000 of the net operating loss carryover is not included in the calculation of the deferred tax asset since it is related to excess tax deductions from the exercise of stock options. Under the Internal Revenue Code, the future utilization of net operating losses may be limited in certain circumstances where there is a significant ownership change. As a result of the initial public offering, and the 2007 private placement significant ownership changes may have occurred.

        Deferred income taxes represent an estimate of the income tax that will be due in future periods from the cumulative temporary differences recognized for financial reporting purposes from that recognized for income tax reporting purposes. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the components of these temporary differences and the deferred tax asset were as follows:

Deferred Tax Asset

  2007
  2006
 
Non-current:              
  Stock Based Compensation-Stock Options   $ 550,000   $ 64,000  
  Tax effect of NOL carry forward     1,000,000     131,000  
  Depreciation     25,000      
  Start-up costs     890,000     1,025,000  
  Capitalized manufacturing costs     1,285,000      
   
 
 
  Net deferred tax asset     3,750,000     1,220,000  
  Less valuation allowance     (3,750,000 )   (1,220,000 )
   
 
 
  Net deferred tax asset   $   $  
   
 
 

        In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. Based upon the level of historical losses and projections of future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, a full valuation allowance has been provided due to the uncertainty surrounding the timing and the amount of future revenues. The Company's deferred tax valuation allowance of $3,750,000 reflected above is an increase of $2,530,000 from the valuation allowance reflected as of December 31, 2006 of $1,220,000. The Company's effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate due to the following (expressed as a percentage of pre-tax income):

 
  2007
  2006
 
Federal statutory rate   (35 )% (35 )%
State statutory rate   (3 )% (3 )%
Permanent tax differences   2 % 8 %
Other   1 % 1 %
Increase in valuation allowance   35 % 29 %
   
 
 
    0 % 0 %
   
 
 

F-19


ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(A Development Stage Company as Defined by SFAS No. 7)

NOTE 11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        Included in General and Administrative Expenses for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 are $937,212, and $1,170,226, respectively, of costs to ITN for facility sublease costs and administrative support expenses. Included in Research and Development Expenses for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 are $908,005, and $302,744, respectively, of costs to ITN for research and development and manufacturing activity. Related party payable of $264,797 as of December 31, 2007 represents costs remaining to be paid to ITN for these expenditures and amounts payable to officers and directors for Board of Directors fees and reimbursement of travel expenditures.

        Included in Research and Development Revenues on the Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 is $27,519 for labor charged by the Company to ITN for research and development activities.

        Included in Property and Equipment and Deposits on Equipment as of December 31, 2007 is $1,221,261 of costs to ITN for the construction of manufacturing and research and development equipment

NOTE 12. COMMITMENTS

        Sublease Agreement:     On November 1, 2005, the Company entered into a sublease agreement with ITN, a greater than five percent stockholder of the Company, to lease office space in Littleton, Colorado. In 2005 and 2006, two Board members of Ascent were partial owners of the company that leased this office space to ITN. As of January 1, 2007, they no longer have an investment in the building the Company is subleasing from ITN. Future minimum payments due under the sublease as of January 1, 2008 are as follows:

Year ending December 31:

   
2008   $ 227,896
2009   $ 227,896
2010   $ 113,948

        The Company is also responsible for payment of pass-through expenses such as property taxes, insurance, water and utilities. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $217,214 and $150,245, respectively.

        Patent License Agreements:     In 2006, the Company entered into two non-exclusive patent license agreements. In consideration for the right to license certain inventions, the Company is required to pay annual royalty payments based on net sales of products manufactured using the licensed technology. If there are no net sales of products manufactured using the licensed technology, then a minimum royalty payment is required. The Company has made payments for the annual minimum royalties due associated with these patent license agreements.

NOTE 13. RETIREMENT PLAN

        On July 1, 2006, the Company adopted a qualified 401(k) plan which provides retirement benefits for all of its eligible employees. Under the plan, employees become eligible to participate at the first entry date, provided that they are at least 21 years of age. The participants may elect through salary

F-20


ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(A Development Stage Company as Defined by SFAS No. 7)

NOTE 13. RETIREMENT PLAN (Continued)


reduction to contribute up to ceilings established in the Internal Revenue Code. The Company will match 100% of the first six percent of employee contributions. In addition, the Company may make discretionary contributions to the Plan as determined by the Board of Directors. Employees are immediately vested in all salary reduction contributions. Rights to benefits provided by the Company's discretionary and matching contributions vest 100% after the first year of service.

NOTE 14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        Acquisition of Manufacturing Facility:     On February 8, 2008, the Company acquired an approximately 120,000 square foot manufacturing and office facility in Thornton, Colorado, for approximately $5.5 million. The purchase was financed by a promissory note, deed of trust and construction loan agreement with the Colorado Housing and Finance Authority (CHFA), which provide the Company borrowing availability of up to $7.5 million for the building and building improvements. The Company paid approximately $1.3 million in cash and was advanced approximately $4.2 million from CHFA to fund the initial acquisition of the property. The construction loan terms are to pay interest at 6.6% on only the drawn principal amount until January 1, 2009, at which time the construction loan will be refinanced by a permanent loan. The permanent loan will have an interest rate of 6.6% and the principal will be amortized over a period of approximately 19 years and 2 months consistent with a maturity date 20 years after the incurrence of the construction loan on February 8, 2008. The terms of the permanent loan are specified in a CHFA Construction and Permanent Loan Commitment dated January 16, 2008. In December 2007 a deposit of $100,000 was paid for the facility and is reflected in Other non-current assets on the Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2007.

F-21




Exhibit 10.36

 

Oliver Real Estate Commercial

1400 S. Colorado Blvd, 410

Denver, CO 80222

tomyoliver@earthlink.net

Phone: (303) 691-0179

Fax: (303) 757-7275

 

 

The printed portions of this form, except differentiated additions , have been approved by the Colorado Real Estate Commission. CBSI-10-06 (Mandatory 1-07)

 

THIS FORM HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES AND THE PARTIES SHOULD CONSULT LEGAL AND TAX OR OTHER COUNSEL BEFORE SIGNING.

 

CONTRACT TO BUY AND SELL REAL ESTATE

(ALL TYPES OF PROPERTIES)

 

 

 

Date:

 

November 26, 2007

 

 

Purchase Price:

 

$5,460,000.00

 

1.                                       AGREEMENT. Buyer agrees to buy, and Seller agrees to sell, the Property defined below on the terms and conditions set forth in this contract (Contract).

 

2.                                       DEFINED TERMS.

 

a.              Buyer. Buyer, Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc. &/ or   assigns, will take title to the real property described below as o Joint Tenants       o Tenants In Common       x Other Buyer entity to be determined and assigned prior to Closing.

 

b.                Property. The Property is the following legally described real estate in the County of Adams, Colorado: SUB: WASHINGTON SQUARE AMENDED BLK:7 LOT:4

 

known as No.

 

12300 Grant Street

 

Thornton

 

CO

 

80241

Street Address

 

City

 

State

 

Zip

 

together with the interests, easements, rights, benefits, improvements and attached fixtures appurtenant thereto, all interest of Seller in vacated streets and alleys adjacent thereto, except as herein excluded.

 

c.           Dates and Deadlines.

 

Item No.

 

Reference

 

Event

 

Date or Deadline

1

 

§ 4a

 

Alternative Earnest Money Deadline

 

3 business days after MEC

2

 

§ 5a

 

Loan Application Deadline

 

N / A

3

 

§ 5b

 

Loan Conditions Deadline

 

N / A

4

 

§ 5c

 

Buyer’s Credit Information Deadline

 

N / A

5

 

§ 5c

 

Disapproval of Buyer’s Credit Information Deadline

 

N / A

6

 

§ 5d

 

Existing Loan Documents Deadline

 

N / A

7

 

§ 5d

 

Existing Loan Documents Objection Deadline

 

N / A

8

 

§ 5d

 

Loan Transfer Approval Deadline

 

N / A

9

 

§ 6a

 

Appraisal Deadline

 

N / A

10

 

§ 7a

 

Title Deadline

 

10 days after MEC

11

 

§ 8a

 

Title Objection Deadline

 

30 days after MEC

12

 

§ 7c

 

Survey Deadline

 

30 days after MEC

13

 

§ 8c(2)

 

Survey Objection Deadline

 

35 days after MEC

14

 

§ 7b

 

Document Request Deadline

 

N / A

15

 

§ 7d(5)

 

CIC Documents Objection Deadline

 

N / A

16

 

§ 8b

 

Off-Record Matters Deadline

 

10 days after MEC

 

1



 

17

 

§ 8b

 

Off-Record Matters Objection Deadline

 

35 days after MEC

18

 

§ 8f

 

Right Of First Refusal Deadline

 

10 days after MEC

19

 

§ 10a

 

Seller’s Property Disclosure Deadline

 

N/A

20

 

§ 10b

 

Inspection Objection Deadline

 

55 days after MEC

21

 

§ 10c

 

Resolution Deadline

 

60 days after MEC

22

 

§ 10d

 

Property Insurance Objection Deadline

 

30 days after MEC

23

 

§ 12

 

Closing Date

 

see 25. c

24

 

§ 17

 

Possession Date

 

at Closing

25

 

§ 17

 

Possession Time

 

at Closing

26

 

§ 29

 

Acceptance Deadline Date

 

November 28, 2007

27

 

§ 29

 

Acceptance Deadline Time

 

6:00pm

 

d.                     Attachments. The following are a part of this Contract: Exhibit A

 

Note: The following disclosure forms are attached but are not a part of this Contract: none

 

e.                     Applicability of Terms. A check or similar mark in a box means that such provision is applicable. The abbreviation “N/A” or the word “Deleted” means not applicable and when inserted on any line in Dates and Deadlines (§2c), it means that the corresponding provision of the Contract to which reference is made is deleted. The abbreviation “MEC” (mutual execution of this Contract) means the latest date upon which both parties have signed this Contract.

 

3.                                       INCLUSIONS AND EXCLUSIONS.

 

a.              Inclusions. The Purchase Price includes the following items (Inclusions):

 

(1)   Fixtures. If attached to the Property on the date of this Contract, lighting, heating, plumbing, ventilating, and air conditioning fixtures, TV antennas, inside telephone wiring and connecting blocks/jacks, plants, mirrors, floor coverings, intercom systems, built-in kitchen appliances, sprinkler systems and controls, built-in vacuum systems (including accessories), garage door openers including -0- remote controls; and o none .

 

(2)   Personal Property. The following are included if on the Property whether attached or not on the date of this Contract: storm windows, storm doors, window and porch shades, awnings, blinds, screens, window coverings, curtain rods, drapery rods, fireplace inserts, fireplace screens, fireplace grates, heating stoves, storage sheds, and all keys. If checked, the following are included: o Water Softeners            x Smoke/Fire Detectors      x Security Systems         o Satellite Systems (including satellite dishes).

 

(3)   Other Inclusions. none

 

The Personal Property to be conveyed at Closing shall be conveyed, by Seller, free and clear of all taxes, (except personal property taxes for the year of Closing), liens and encumbrances, except none . Conveyance shall be by bill of sale or other applicable legal instrument.

 

(4)         Trade Fixtures. With respect to trade fixtures, Seller and Buyer agree as follows: none .

 

The Trade Fixtures to be conveyed at Closing shall be conveyed, by Seller, free and clear of all taxes, (except personal property taxes for the year of Closing), liens and encumbrances, except N/A .  Conveyance shall be by bill of sale or other applicable legal instrument.

 

(5)         Parking and Storage Facilities. o Use Only        o Ownership of the following parking facilities: none ; and the following storage facilities: none.

 

(6)         Water Rights. The following legally described water rights: none.

 

Any water rights shall be conveyed by       deed or other applicable legal instrument. The Well Permit # is     .

 

(7)         Growing Crops. With respect to growing crops, Seller and Buyer agree as follows: N/A

 

b.              Exclusions. The following items are excluded: none.

 

4.                                       PURCHASE PRICE AND TERMS. The Purchase Price set forth below shall be payable in U. S. Dollars by Buyer as follows:

 

2



 

Item No.

 

Reference

 

Item

 

Amount

 

Amount

1

 

§ 4

 

Purchase Price

 

$

5,460,000

 

 

2

 

§ 4a

 

Earnest Money

 

 

 

$

100,000 plus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

150,000 see 25 a

3

 

§ 4d(1)

 

New First Loan

 

 

 

 

4

 

§ 4d(2)

 

New Second Loan

 

 

 

 

5

 

§ 4e

 

Assumption Balance

 

 

 

 

6

 

§ 4f

 

Seller or Private Financing

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

§ 4b

 

Cash at Closing

 

 

 

5,210,000

10

 

 

 

TOTAL

 

$

5,460,000

 

$

5,460,000

 

Note: If there is an inconsistency between the Purchase Price on the first page and this § 4, the amount in § 4 shall control.

 

a.   Earnest Money. The Earnest Money set forth in this section, in the form of company check, is part payment of the Purchase Price and shall be payable to and held by Land Title Guarantee Company (Earnest Money Holder), in its trust account, on behalf of both Seller and Buyer. The Earnest Money deposit shall be tendered with this Contract unless the parties mutually agree to an Alternative Earnest Money Deadline (§ 2c) for its payment. The parties authorize delivery of the Earnest Money deposit to the closing company, if any, at or before Closing. In the event Earnest Money Holder has agreed to have interest on earnest money deposits transferred to a fund established for the purpose of providing affordable housing to Colorado residents, Seller and Buyer acknowledge and agree that any interest accruing on the Earnest Money deposited with the Earnest Money Holder in this transaction shall be transferred to such fund.

 

b.   Cash at Closing. All amounts paid by Buyer at Closing including Cash at Closing, plus Buyer’s closing costs, shall be in funds which comply with all applicable Colorado laws, which include cash, electronic transfer funds, certified check, savings and loan teller’s check and cashier’s check (Good Funds).

 

c.   Down Payment Assistance; Seller Paid Costs. Seller, at Closing, shall credit $ N/A to Buyer to assist with Buyer’s down payment. Seller shall also, at Closing, credit to Buyer the amount of $ N/A to assist with Buyer’s closing costs, not to exceed the amount due from Buyer for such costs. These amounts are in addition to any sum Seller has agreed to pay or credit Buyer elsewhere in this Contract.

 

d.   New Loan.

 

(1) New First Loan. Buyer shall obtain a new loan set forth in this section as follows:

o  Conventional         o FHA         o VA         o Other.

 

This loan will be secured by a    (1st, 2nd, etc.) deed of trust.

 

The loan may be increased to add the cost of mortgage insurance, VA funding fee and other items for a total loan amount, not in excess of $  , shall be amortized over a period of    o Years     o Months at approximately $   per including principal and interest not to exceed   % per annum, plus, if required by Buyer’s lender, a deposit of    of the estimated annual real estate taxes, property insurance premium, and mortgage insurance premium. If the loan is an adjustable interest rate or graduated payment loan, the payments and interest rate initially shall not exceed the figures set forth above.

 

Loan discount points, if any, shall be paid to lender at Closing and shall not exceed   % of the total loan amount. Notwithstanding the loan’s interest rate, the first    loan discount points shall be paid by  , and the balance, if any, shall be paid by  .

 

Buyer shall timely pay Buyer’s loan costs and a loan origination fee not to exceed   % of the loan amount. If the loan is an FHA/VA insured or guaranteed loan, Seller shall pay closing costs and fees that Buyer is not allowed by law to pay, in an amount not to exceed $   for only the following items: tax service and .

 

(2)  New Second Loan. Buyer shall obtain a new loan set forth in this section as follows:

 

This loan will be secured by a    (2nd, etc.) deed of trust.

 

The total loan amount, not in excess of $  , shall be amortized over a period of    o Years    o Months at approximately $   per   including principal and interest not to exceed   % per annum. If the loan is an adjustable interest rate or graduated payment loan, the payments and interest rate initially shall not exceed the figures set forth above.

 

Loan discount points, if any, shall be paid to lender at Closing and shall not exceed   % of the total loan amount. Notwithstanding the loan’s interest rate, the first    loan discount points shall be paid by  , and the balance, if any, shall be paid by  .

 

Buyer shall timely pay Buyer’s loan costs and a loan origination fee not to exceed   % of the loan amount.

 

e.           Assumption. [Omitted as Inapplicable]

 

f.             Seller or Private Financing. [Omitted as Inapplicable]

 

5.                                       FINANCING CONDITIONS AND OBLIGATIONS.

 

a.   Loan Application. If Buyer is to pay all or part of the Purchase Price by obtaining a new loan, or if an existing loan is not to be released at Closing, Buyer, if required by such lender, shall make a verifiable application by

 

3



 

Loan Application Deadline (§ 2c). Buyer shall cooperate with Seller and lender to obtain loan approval, DILIGENTLY AND TIMELY PURSUE SAME IN GOOD FAITH , execute all documents and furnish all information and documents required by lender, and, subject to § 4d(1) and (2) and § 4e, timely pay the costs of obtaining such loan or lender consent. Buyer agrees to satisfy the reasonable requirements of lender, and shall not withdraw the loan or assumption application, nor intentionally cause any change in circumstances that would prejudice lender’s approval of the loan application or funding of the loan. Buyer may obtain different financing provided Seller incurs no additional delay, cost or expense, and provided Buyer is approved for such substitute loan.

 

b.   Loan Conditions. If Buyer is to pay all or part of the Purchase Price by obtaining a new loan as specified in § 4d, this Contract is conditional upon Buyer’s approval of the availability, terms, conditions and cost for the new loan. This condition is for the benefit of Buyer and shall be deemed waived unless Seller receives from Buyer, no later than Loan Conditions Deadline (§ 2c) , written notice of Buyer’s election to terminate this Contract as such loan was not satisfactory to Buyer. Buyer shall not have the right to terminate under this § 5b for any loan that is the same as set forth in § 4. If Buyer so notifies Seller, this Contract shall terminate. IF SELLER DOES NOT RECEIVE WRITTEN NOTICE TO TERMINATE AND BUYER DOES NOT CLOSE, BUYER SHALL BE IN DEFAULT.

 

c.   Credit Information and Buyer’s New Senior Loan. [Omitted as Inapplicable]

 

d.   Existing Loan Review. [Omitted as Inapplicable]

 

6.                                       APPRAISAL PROVISIONS.

 

a. Appraisal Condition.

 

x                                                                                   (1)  No Appraisal Condition. This § 6a. shall not apply.

 

o                                                                                     (2)  Conventional. Buyer shall have the sole option and election to terminate this Contract if the Purchase Price exceeds the Property’s valuation determined by an appraiser engaged by  . This Contract shall terminate by Buyer giving Seller written notice of termination and either a copy of such appraisal or written notice from lender that confirms the Property’s valuation is less than the Purchase Price, received on or before Appraisal Deadline (§ 2c) . If Seller does not receive such written notice of termination on or before Appraisal Deadline (§ 2c) , Buyer waives any right to terminate under this subsection.

 

o                                                                                     (3)  FHA. It is expressly agreed that, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Contract, the Purchaser (Buyer) shall not be obligated to complete the purchase of the Property described herein or to incur any penalty by forfeiture of Earnest Money deposits or otherwise unless the Purchaser (Buyer) has been given in accordance with HUD/FHA or VA requirements a written statement by the Federal Housing Commissioner, Department of Veterans Affairs, or a Direct Endorsement lender, setting forth the appraised value of the Property of not less than $  . The Purchaser (Buyer) shall have the privilege and option of proceeding with consummation of the Contract without regard to the amount of the appraised valuation. The appraised valuation is arrived at to determine the maximum mortgage the Department of Housing and Urban Development will insure. HUD does not warrant the value or the condition of the Property. The Purchaser (Buyer) should satisfy himself/herself that the price and condition of the Property are acceptable.

 

o                                                                                     (4)  VA. It is expressly agreed that, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Contract, the purchaser (Buyer) shall not incur any penalty by forfeiture of Earnest Money or otherwise be obligated to complete the purchase of the Property described herein, if the Contract Purchase Price or cost exceeds the reasonable value of the Property established by the Department of Veterans Affairs. The purchaser (Buyer) shall, however, have the privilege and option of proceeding with the consummation of this Contract without regard to the amount of the reasonable value established by the Department of Veterans Affairs.

 

b. Cost of Appraisal. Cost of any appraisal to be obtained after the date of this Contract shall be timely paid by o   Buyer o   Seller.

 

7.                                       EVIDENCE OF TITLE.

 

a.  Evidence of Title. On or before Title Deadline (§ 2c), Seller shall cause to be furnished to Buyer, at Seller’s expense, a current commitment for owner’s title insurance policy (Title Commitment) in an amount equal to the Purchase Price, or if this box is checked, o An Abstract of title certified to a current date. At Seller’s expense, Seller shall cause the title insurance policy to be issued and delivered to Buyer as soon as practicable at or after Closing. If a title insurance commitment is furnished, it x Shall     o Shall Not commit to delete or insure over the standard exceptions which relate to:

 

(1)  parties in possession,

(2)  unrecorded easements,

(3)  survey matters,

(4)  any unrecorded mechanic’s liens,

(5)  gap period (effective date of commitment to date deed is recorded), and

(6)  unpaid taxes, assessments and unredeemed tax sales prior to the year of Closing.

 

Any additional premium expense to obtain this additional coverage shall be paid by x Buyer       o Seller.

 

4



 

b.  Copies of Exceptions. On or before Title Deadline (§ 2c), Seller, at Seller’s expense, shall furnish to Buyer and Buyer’s Agent, (1) a copy of any plats, declarations, covenants, conditions and restrictions burdening the Property, and (2) if a title insurance commitment is required to be furnished, and if this box is checked x Copies of any Other Documents (or, if illegible, summaries of such documents) listed in the schedule of exceptions (Exceptions). Even if the box is not checked, Seller shall have the obligation to furnish these documents pursuant to this section if requested by Buyer any time on or before Document Request Deadline (§ 2c). This requirement shall pertain only to documents as shown of record in the offices of the clerk and recorder in the county where the Property is located. The abstract or title insurance commitment, together with any copies or summaries of such documents furnished pursuant to this section, constitute the title documents (Title Documents).

 

c.  Survey. On or before Survey Deadline (§ 2c) x Seller           o Buyer shall cause Buyer (and the issuer of the Title Commitment or the provider of the opinion of title if an abstract) to receive a current o Improvement Survey Plat o   Improvement Location Certificate       x   ALTA/ASCM survey, see 25. b (the description checked is known as Survey). An amount not to exceed $2,000 for Survey shall be paid by o Buyer x Seller . If the cost exceeds this amount, o Buyer x   Seller shall pay the excess on or before Closing unless Buyer delivers to Seller before Survey is ordered, Buyer’s written notice allowing the exception for survey matters.

 

d. Common Interest Community Documents.

 

x                                                                                   (1) Not Applicable. This § 7d. shall not apply.

 

(2) Common Interest Community Disclosure. THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED WITHIN A COMMON INTEREST COMMUNITY AND IS SUBJECT TO THE DECLARATION FOR SUCH COMMUNITY. THE OWNER OF THE PROPERTY WILL BE REQUIRED TO BE A MEMBER OF THE OWNER’S ASSOCIATION FOR THE COMMUNITY AND WILL BE SUBJECT TO THE BYLAWS AND RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE ASSOCIATION. THE DECLARATION, BYLAWS, AND RULES AND REGULATIONS WILL IMPOSE FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS UPON THE OWNER OF THE PROPERTY, INCLUDING AN OBLIGATION TO PAY ASSESSMENTS OF THE ASSOCIATION. IF THE OWNER DOES NOT PAY THESE ASSESSMENTS, THE ASSOCIATION COULD PLACE A LIEN ON THE PROPERTY AND POSSIBLY SELL IT TO PAY THE DEBT. THE DECLARATION, BYLAWS, AND RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE COMMUNITY MAY PROHIBIT THE OWNER FROM MAKING CHANGES TO THE PROPERTY WITHOUT AN ARCHITECTURAL REVIEW BY THE ASSOCIATION (OR A COMMITTEE OF THE ASSOCIATION) AND THE APPROVAL OF THE ASSOCIATION. PURCHASERS OF PROPERTY WITHIN THE COMMON INTEREST COMMUNITY SHOULD INVESTIGATE THE FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS OF MEMBERS OF THE ASSOCIATION. PURCHASERS SHOULD CAREFULLY READ THE DECLARATION FOR THE COMMUNITY AND THE BYLAWS AND RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE ASSOCIATION.

 

o                                                                                     (3) Not Conditional on Review. Buyer acknowledges that Buyer has received a copy of the owner’s association declarations, bylaws, rules and regulations, party wall agreements, minutes of most recent annual owners’ meeting and minutes of any directors’ meetings during the 6-month period immediately preceding Title Deadline, if any (Governing Documents), most recent financial documents consisting of (a) annual balance sheet, (b) annual income and expenditures statement, and (c) annual budget (Financial Documents), if any (collectively CIC Documents). Buyer has reviewed them, agrees to accept the benefits, obligations and restrictions that they impose upon the Property and its owners and waives any right to terminate this Contract due to such documents, notwithstanding the provisions of § 8e.

 

(4)  CIC Documents to Buyer.

 

o                                                                                                                                     (a) Seller to Provide CIC Documents. Seller shall cause the CIC Documents to be provided to Buyer, at Seller’s Expense, on or before Title Deadline (§ 2c).

 

o                                                                                                                                     (b) Seller Authorizes Association. Seller authorizes the owners’ association to provide the C1C Documents to Buyer, at Seller’s expense.

 

(c) Seller’s Obligation. Seller’s obligation to provide the CIC Documents shall be fulfilled upon Buyer’s receipt of the CIC Documents, regardless of who provides such documents.

 

(5) Conditional on Buyer’s Review. If the box in either subsection 7d(4)(a) or subsection 7d(4)(b) is checked, the provisions of this subsection 7d(5) shall apply. Written notice of any unsatisfactory provision in any of the CIC Documents, in Buyer’s subjective discretion, signed by Buyer, or on behalf of Buyer, and delivered to Seller on or before CIC Documents Objection Deadline (§ 2c), shall terminate this Contract.

 

Should Buyer receive the CIC Documents after Title Deadline (§ 2c), Buyer shall have the right, at Buyer’s option, to terminate this Contract by written notice delivered to Seller on or before ten calendar days after Buyer’s receipt of the CIC Documents. If Buyer does not receive the CIC Documents, or if such written notice to terminate would otherwise be required to be delivered after the Closing Date, Buyer’s written notice to terminate shall be received by Seller on or before three calendar days prior to Closing Date (§ 2c). If Seller does not receive written notice from Buyer

 

5



 

within such time, Buyer accepts the provisions of the CIC Documents, and Buyer’s right to terminate this Contract pursuant to this subsection is waived, notwithstanding the provisions of § 8e.

 

NOTE: If no box in this § 7d is checked, the provisions of subsection 7d(4)(a) shall apply.

 

8.                                       TITLE AND SURVEY REVIEW.

 

a.   Title Review. Buyer shall have the right to inspect the Title Documents.  Written notice by Buyer of unmerchantability of title, form or content of Title Commitment or of any other unsatisfactory title condition shown by the Title Documents, notwithstanding § 13, shall be signed by or on behalf of Buyer and given to Seller on or before Title Objection Deadline (§ 2c), or within five calendar days after receipt by Buyer of any change to the Title Documents or endorsement to the Title Commitment together with a copy of the document adding any new Exception to title.  If Seller does not receive Buyer’s notice by the date specified above, Buyer accepts the condition of title as disclosed by the Title Documents as satisfactory.

 

b.   Matters not Shown by the Public Records. Seller shall deliver to Buyer, on or before Off-Record Matters Deadline (§ 2c) true copies of all leases and surveys in Seller’s possession pertaining to the Property and shall disclose to Buyer all easements, liens (including, without limitation, governmental improvements approved, but not yet installed) or other title matters (including, without limitation, rights of first refusal, and options) not shown by the public records of which Seller has actual knowledge. Buyer shall have the right to inspect the Property to determine if any third party has any right in the Property not shown by the public records (such as an unrecorded easement, unrecorded lease, or boundary line discrepancy). Written notice of any unsatisfactory condition disclosed by Seller or revealed by such inspection, notwithstanding § 13, shall be signed by or on behalf of Buyer and given to Seller on or before Off-Record Matters Objection Deadline (§ 2c). If Seller does not receive Buyer’s notice by said date, Buyer accepts title subject to such rights, if any, of third parties of which Buyer has actual knowledge.

 

c.   Survey Review.

 

o                             (1) Not Applicable. This § 8c shall not apply.

 

x                            (2) Conditional on Survey. If the box in this subsection 8c(2) is checked, Buyer shall have the right to inspect the Survey. If written notice by or on behalf of Buyer of any unsatisfactory condition shown by the Survey, notwithstanding § 8b or § 13, is received by Seller on or before Survey Objection Deadline (§ 2c) then such objection shall be deemed an unsatisfactory title condition. If Seller does not receive Buyer’s notice by Survey Objection Deadline (§ 2c), Buyer accepts the Survey as satisfactory.

 

d.   Special Taxing Districts. SPECIAL TAXING DISTRICTS MAY BE SUBJECT TO GENERAL OBLIGATION INDEBTEDNESS THAT IS PAID BY REVENUES PRODUCED FROM ANNUAL TAX LEVIES ON THE TAXABLE PROPERTY WITHIN SUCH DISTRICTS. PROPERTY OWNERS IN SUCH DISTRICTS MAY BE PLACED AT RISK FOR INCREASED MILL LEVIES AND EXCESSIVE TAX BURDENS TO SUPPORT THE SERVICING OF SUCH DEBT WHERE CIRCUMSTANCES ARISE RESULTING IN THE INABILITY OF SUCH A DISTRICT TO DISCHARGE SUCH INDEBTEDNESS WITHOUT SUCH AN INCREASE IN MILL LEVIES. BUYER SHOULD INVESTIGATE THE DEBT FINANCING REQUIREMENTS OF THE AUTHORIZED GENERAL OBLIGATION INDEBTEDNESS OF SUCH DISTRICTS, EXISTING MILL LEVIES OF SUCH DISTRICT SERVICING SUCH INDEBTEDNESS, AND THE POTENTIAL FOR AN INCREASE IN SUCH MILL LEVIES.

 

In the event the Property is located within a special taxing district and Buyer desires to terminate this Contract as a result, if written notice, by or on behalf of Buyer, is received by Seller on or before Off-Record Matters Objection Deadline (§ 2c), this Contract shall terminate. If Seller does not receive Buyer’s notice by such date, Buyer accepts the effect of the Property’s inclusion in such special taxing district and waives the right to terminate for that reason.

 

e.   Right to Object, Cure. Buyer’s right to object shall include, but not be limited to those matters listed in § 13. If Seller receives notice of unmerchantability of title or any other unsatisfactory title condition or commitment terms as provided in subsections §§ 8a, b, c and d above, Seller shall use reasonable efforts to correct said items and bear any nominal expense to correct the same prior to Closing. If such unsatisfactory title condition is not corrected to Buyer’s satisfaction on or before Closing, this Contract shall terminate; provided, however, Buyer may, by written notice received by Seller on or before Closing, waive objection to such items.

 

f.    Right of First Refusal or Approval . If there is a right of first refusal on the Property, or a right to approve this Contract, Seller shall promptly submit this Contract according to the terms and conditions of such right. If the holder of the right of first refusal exercises such right or the holder of a right to approve disapproves this Contract, this Contract shall terminate. If the right of first refusal is waived explicitly or expires, or the Contract is approved, this Contract shall remain in full force and effect. Seller shall promptly notify Buyer of the foregoing. If expiration or waiver of the right of first refusal or Contract approval has not occurred on or before the Right of First Refusal Deadline (§ 2c), this Contract shall terminate.

 

g.   Title Advisory. The Title Documents affect the title, ownership and use of the Property and should be reviewed carefully. Additionally, other matters not reflected in the Title Documents may affect the title, ownership and use of the Property, including without limitation boundary lines and encroachments, area, zoning, unrecorded easements

 

6



 

and claims of casements, leases and other unrecorded agreements, and various laws and governmental regulations concerning land use, development and environmental matters. The surface estate may be owned separately from the underlying mineral estate, and transfer of the surface estate does not necessarily include transfer of the mineral rights. Third parties may hold interests in oil, gas, other minerals, geothermal energy or water on or under the Property, which interests may give them rights to enter and use the Property. Such matters may be excluded from the title insurance policy. Buyer is advised to timely consult legal counsel with respect to all such matters as there are strict time limits provided in this Contract (e.g., Title Objection Deadline [§ 2c] and Off-Record Matters Objection Deadline [§ 2c]).

 

9.                                       LEAD-BASED PAINT. Unless exempt, if the improvements on the Property include one or more residential dwellings for which a building permit was issued prior to January 1, 1978, this Contract shall be void unless a completed Lead-Based Paint Disclosure (Sales) form is signed by Seller and the required real estate licensees, which must occur prior to the parties signing this Contract. Buyer acknowledges timely receipt of a completed Lead-Based Paint Disclosure (Sales) form signed by Seller and the real estate licensees.

 

10.                                PROPERTY DISCLOSURE, INSPECTION, INSURABILITY; BUYER DISCLOSURE.

 

a. Seller’s Property Disclosure Deadline. On or before Seller’s Property Disclosure Deadline (§ 2c), Seller agrees to provide Buyer with the most current version of the Seller’s Property Disclosure form completed by Seller to the best of Seller’s current actual knowledge, current as of the date of this Contract.

 

b. Inspection Objection Deadline. Buyer shall have the right to have inspections of the physical condition of the Property and Inclusions, at Buyer’s expense. If the physical condition of the Property or Inclusions is unsatisfactory in Buyer’s subjective discretion, Buyer shall, on or before Inspection Objection Deadline (§ 2c):

 

(1)   notify Seller in writing that this Contract is terminated, or

 

(2)   provide Seller with a written description of any unsatisfactory physical condition which Buyer requires Seller to correct (Notice to Correct).

 

If written notice is not received by Seller on or before Inspection Objection Deadline (§ 2c), the physical condition of the Property and Inclusions shall be deemed to be satisfactory to Buyer.

 

c. Resolution Deadline. If a Notice to Correct is received by Seller and if Buyer and Seller have not agreed in writing to a settlement thereof on or before Resolution Deadline (§ 2c), this Contract shall terminate one calendar day following the Resolution Deadline (§ 2c), unless before such termination Seller receives Buyer’s written withdrawal of the Notice to Correct.

 

d. Insurability. This Contract is conditioned upon Buyer’s satisfaction, in Buyer’s subjective discretion, with the availability, terms, conditions and premium for property insurance. This Contract shall terminate upon Seller’s receipt, on or before Property Insurance Objection Deadline (§ 2c) of Buyer’s written notice that such insurance was not satisfactory to Buyer. If said notice is not timely received, Buyer shall have waived any right to terminate under this provision.

 

e. Damage , Liens and Indemnity. Buyer is responsible for payment for all inspections, surveys, engineering reports or for any other work performed at Buyer’s request and shall pay for any damage which occurs to the Property and Inclusions as a result of such activities. Buyer shall not permit claims or liens of any kind against the Property for inspections, tests, surveys, engineering reports, or any other work performed on the Property at Buyer’s request. Buyer agrees to indemnify, protect and hold Seller harmless from and against any liability, damage, cost or expense incurred by Seller in connection with any such inspection, claim, or lien. This indemnity includes Seller’s right to recover all costs and expenses incurred by Seller to enforce this section, including Seller’s reasonable attorney and legal fees. The provisions of this section shall survive the termination of this Contract.

 

f. Buyer Disclosure. Buyer represents that Buyer   o Does    x Does Not need to sell and close a property to complete this transaction.

 

Note: Any property sale contingency should appear in Additional Provisions (§ 25).

 

11.                                METHAMPHETAMINE LABORATORY DISCLOSURE. The parties acknowledge that Seller is required to disclose whether Seller knows that the Property was previously used as a methamphetamine laboratory. No disclosure is required if the Property was remediated in accordance with state standards and other requirements are fulfilled pursuant to § 25-18.5-102, C.R.S. Buyer further acknowledges that Buyer has the right to engage a certified hygienist or industrial hygienist to test whether the Property has ever been used as a methamphetamine laboratory. In the event that the Property has been used as a methamphetamine laboratory, Buyer may provide written notice to Seller, on or before Closing, to terminate this Contract.

 

12.                                CLOSING. Delivery of deed from Seller to Buyer shall be at closing (Closing). Closing shall be on the date specified as Closing Date (§ 2c) or by mutual agreement at an earlier date. The hour and place of Closing shall be as designated by mutual agreement of the parties.

 

7



 

13.                                TRANSFER OF TITLE. Subject to tender or payment at Closing as required herein and compliance by Buyer with the other terms and provisions hereof, Seller shall execute and deliver a good and sufficient special warranty deed to Buyer, at Closing, conveying the Property free and clear of all taxes except the general taxes for the year of Closing. Except as provided herein, title shall be conveyed free and clear of all liens, including any governmental liens for special improvements installed as of the date of Buyer’s signature hereon, whether assessed or not. Title shall be conveyed subject to:

 

a.                those specific Exceptions and described by reference to recorded documents as reflected in the Title Documents accepted by Buyer in accordance with § 8a (Title Review),

 

b.          distribution utility easements (including cable TV),

 

c.           those specifically described rights of third parties not shown by the public records of which Buyer has actual knowledge and which were accepted by Buyer in accordance with § 8b (Matters not Shown by the Public Records) and § 8c (Survey Review).

 

d.          inclusion of the Property within any special taxing district,

 

e .           the benefits and burdens of any recorded declaration and party wall agreements, if any, and

 

f.             other none.

 

14.                                PAYMENT OF ENCUMBRANCES. Any encumbrance required to be paid shall be paid at or before Closing from the proceeds of this transaction or from any other source.

 

15.                                CLOSING COSTS, DOCUMENTS AND SERVICES.

 

a.   Good Funds. Buyer and Seller shall pay, in Good Funds, their respective Closing costs and all other items required to be paid at Closing, except as otherwise provided herein.

 

b.   Closing Documents. Buyer and Seller shall sign and complete all customary or reasonably required documents at or before Closing.

 

c.   Closing Services Fee. Fees for real estate Closing services shall be paid at Closing by x One-Half by Buyer and One-Half by Seller     o Buyer     o Seller.

 

d.   Status Letter and Transfer Fees. Any fees incident to the issuance of owners’ association statement of assessments (Status Letter) shall be paid by o Buyer o Seller .   o One-Half by Buyer and One-Half by Seller . Any fees incident to the transfer from Seller to Buyer assessed by the owners’ association (Owners’ Association Transfer Fee) shall be paid by o   Buyer    o   Seller     q One-Half by Buyer and One-Half by Seller.

 

e.   Local Transfer Tax. The local transfer tax of N/A % of the Purchase Price shall be paid at Closing by o Buyer   o   Seller    o One-Half by Buyer and One-Half by Seller.

 

f.    Sales and Use Tax. Any sales and use tax that may accrue because of this transaction shall be paid when due by x   Buyer     o Seller     o One-Half by Buyer and One-Half by Seller.

 

16.                                PRORATIONS . The following shall be prorated to Closing Date (§ 2c), except as otherwise provided:

 

a.   Taxes. Personal property taxes, if any, and general real estate taxes for the year of Closing, based on o Taxes for the Calendar Year Immediately Preceding Closing x Most Recent Mill Levy and Most Recent Assessed Valuation o Other   .

 

b.   Rents. Rents based on x Rents Actually Received    o Accrued. Security deposits held by Seller shall be credited to Buyer. Seller shall assign all leases to Buyer and Buyer shall assume such leases.

 

c.   Association Assessments. Current regular owners’ association assessments and association dues (Association Assessments) paid in advance shall be credited to Seller at Closing. Cash reserves held out of the regular Association Assessments for deferred maintenance by the owners’ association shall not be credited to Seller except as may be otherwise provided by the Governing Documents. Any special assessment by the owners’ association for improvements that have been installed as of the date of Buyer’s signature hereon shall be the obligation of Seller. Any other special assessment assessed prior to Closing Date (§ 2c) by the owners’ association shall be the obligation of o Buyer     o Seller . Seller represents that the amount of the Association Assessment is currently payable at $ N/A per N/A and that there are no unpaid regular or special assessments against the Property except the current regular assessments and except N/A . Such assessments are subject to change as provided in the Governing Documents. Seller agrees to promptly request the owners’ association to deliver to Buyer before Closing Date (§ 2c) a current statement of assessments against the Property.

 

d.   Other Prorations. Water and sewer charges; interest on any continuing loan, and any similar items .

 

e.   Final Settlement. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, these prorations shall be final.

 

17.                                POSSESSION. Possession of the Property shall be delivered to Buyer on Possession Date and Possession Time (§ 2c), subject to the following leases or tenancies: none .

 

8


 

If Seller, after Closing, fails to deliver possession as specified, Seller shall be subject to eviction and shall be additionally liable to Buyer for payment of $ 1,000 per day (or any part of a day) from the Possession Date and Possession Time (§ 2c) until possession is delivered.

 

Buyer o Does    x Does Not represent that Buyer will occupy the Property as Buyer’s principal residence.

 

18.                             ASSIGNABILITY. This Contract x Shall    o Shall Not be assignable by Buyer without Seller’s prior written consent. Except as so restricted, this Contract shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties.

 

19.                                INSURANCE; CONDITION OF, DAMAGE TO PROPERTY AND INCLUSIONS . Except as otherwise provided in this Contract, the Property, Inclusions or both shall be delivered in the condition existing as of the date of this Contract, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

 

a.             Casualty Insurance . In the event the Property or Inclusions shall be damaged by fire or other casualty prior to Closing, in an amount of not more than ten percent of the total Purchase Price, Seller shall be obligated to repair the same before the Closing Date (§ 2c). In the event such damage is not repaired within said time or if the damages exceed such sum, this Contract may be terminated at the option of Buyer by delivering to Seller written notice of termination on or before Closing. Should Buyer elect to carry out this Contract despite such damage, at Closing, Buyer shall be entitled to a credit for all the insurance proceeds that were received by Seller (but not owners’ association, if any) resulting from such damage to the Property and Inclusions plus the amount of any deductible provided for in such insurance policy. Such credit not to exceed the Purchase Price. In the event Seller has not received such insurance proceeds prior to Closing, then Seller shall assign such proceeds, at Closing, plus credit Buyer the amount of any deductible provided for in such insurance policy, but not to exceed the total Purchase Price.

 

b.             Damage, Inclusions and Services. Should any Inclusion or service (including systems and components of the Property, e.g. heating, plumbing, etc.) fail or be damaged between the date of this Contract and Closing or possession, whichever shall be earlier, then Seller shall be liable for the repair or replacement of such Inclusion or service with a unit of similar size, age and quality, or an equivalent credit, but only to the extent that the maintenance or replacement of such Inclusion, service or fixture is not the responsibility of the owners’ association, if any, less any insurance proceeds received by Buyer covering such repair or replacement. Seller and Buyer are aware of the existence of pre-owned home warranty programs that may be purchased and may cover the repair or replacement of some Inclusions. The risk of loss for damage to growing crops by fire or other casualty shall be borne by the party entitled to the growing crops as provided in subsection 3a(7) and such party shall be entitled to such insurance proceeds or benefits for the growing crops.

 

c.             Walk-Through and Verification of Condition. Buyer, upon reasonable notice, shall have the right to walk through the Property prior to Closing to verify that the physical condition of the Property and Inclusions complies with this Contract.

 

20.                                RECOMMENDATION OF LEGAL AND TAX COUNSEL. By signing this document, Buyer and Seller acknowledge that the respective broker has advised that this document has important legal consequences and has recommended the examination of title and consultation with legal and tax or other counsel before signing this Contract.

 

21.                             TIME OF ESSENCE, DEFAULT AND REMEDIES. Time is of the essence hereof. If any note or check received as Earnest Money hereunder or any other payment due hereunder is not paid, honored or tendered when due, or if any obligation hereunder is not performed or waived as herein provided, there shall be the following remedies:

 

a.   If Buyer is in Default:

 

o                                                                                    (1)  Specific Performance. Seller may elect to treat this Contract as canceled, in which case all Earnest Money (whether or not paid by Buyer) shall be forfeited by Buyer, paid to Seller and retained by Seller; and Seller may recover such damages as may be proper; or Seller may elect to treat this Contract as being in full force and effect and Seller shall have the right to specific performance or damages, or both.

 

x                                                                                  (2)  Liquidated Damages. All Earnest Money (whether or not paid by Buyer) shall be forfeited by Buyer, paid to Seller, and retained by Seller. Both parties shall thereafter be released from all obligations hereunder. It is agreed that the Earnest Money specified in § 4 is LIQUIDATED DAMAGES, and not a penalty, which amount the parties agree is fair and reasonable and (except as provided in § §10e, 19, 21c, 22, 23), and forfeiture shall be SELLER’S SOLE AND ONLY REMEDY for Buyer’s failure to perform the obligations of this Contract. Seller expressly waives the remedies of specific performance and additional damages.

 

b.           If Seller is in Default: Buyer may elect to treat this Contract as canceled, in which case all Earnest Money received hereunder shall be returned and Buyer may recover such damages as may be proper, or Buyer may elect to treat this Contract as being in full force and effect and Buyer shall have the right to specific performance or damages, or both.

 

c.           Costs and Expenses. In the event of any arbitration or litigation relating to this Contract, the arbitrator or court shall award to the prevailing party all reasonable costs and expenses, including attorney and legal fees.

 

22.                                MEDIATION. If a dispute arises relating to this Contract, prior to or after closing, and is not resolved, the parties shall first proceed in good faith to submit the matter to mediation. Mediation is a process in which the parties

 

9



 

meet with an impartial person who helps to resolve the dispute informally and confidentially. Mediators cannot impose binding decisions. The parties to the dispute must agree before any settlement is binding. The parties will jointly appoint an acceptable mediator and will share equally in the cost of such mediation. The mediation, unless otherwise agreed, shall terminate in the event the entire dispute is not resolved within 30 calendar days of the date written notice requesting mediation is sent by one party to the other at the party’s last known address. This section shall not alter any date in this Contract, unless otherwise agreed.

 

23.                                EARNEST MONEY DISPUTE. Except as otherwise provided herein, Earnest Money Holder shall release the Earnest Money as directed by written mutual instructions, signed by both Buyer and Seller. In the event of any controversy regarding the Earnest Money (notwithstanding any termination of this Contract), Earnest Money Holder shall not be required to take any action. Earnest Money Holder, at its option and sole discretion, may: (a) await any proceeding, (b) interplead all parties and deposit Earnest Money into a court of competent jurisdiction and shall recover court costs and reasonable attorney and legal fees, or (c) give written notice to Buyer and Seller that unless Earnest Money Holder receives a copy of the Summons and Complaint or Claim (between Buyer and Seller), containing the case number of the lawsuit (Lawsuit) within 120 calendar days of Earnest Money Holder’s written notice to the parties, Earnest Money Holder shall be authorized to return Earnest Money to Buyer. In the event Earnest Money Holder does not receive a copy of the Lawsuit, and has interpled the monies at the time of any Order, Earnest Money Holder shall disburse the Earnest Money pursuant to the Order of the Court. The parties reaffirm the obligation of Mediation (§ 22).

 

24.                                TERMINATION. In the event this Contract is terminated, all Earnest Money received hereunder shall be returned and the parties shall be relieved of all obligations hereunder, subject to § § 10e, 22 and 23.

 

25.                                ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. (The following additional provisions have not been approved by the Colorado Real Estate Commission.)

 

a)          ADDITIONAL EARNEST MONEY. An additional $150,000 shall be deposited by Buyer with Title Company within one (1) business days after the Buyer has waived its Inspection contingency per Section 10. b. & 10. c. The total $250,000 shall be applied to the Purchase Price and shall be non-refundable to Buyer except for i) any new title matter pursuant to Section 8. a, or ii) a Seller default.

 

b)          SURVEY. Seller, at its expense, shall provide Buyer with a Survey for the Property which complies with the current requirements of ALTA/ASCM. The Survey will be certified to the Buyer, Buyer’s Lender, and the Title Company. If Buyer fails to purchase the Property for any reason constituting a default on the part of the Buyer, Buyer shall reimburse Seller for the cost of the survey.

 

c)          CLOSING & CLOSING EXTENSION. Closing shall be no later than fifteen (15) days after Buyer has waived its Inspection contingency per Section 10. b & 10. c., to be scheduled by mutual agreement of Buyer and Seller. Buyer shall be allowed one (1) thirty (30) day extension upon providing written notice to Seller and an additional $50,000 in Earnest Money, to be applied to the Purchase Price at Closing. If after extending the Closing the Buyer fails to close for any reason constituting a default on its part, the entire Earnest Money shall be paid over to the Seller pursuant to 121.

 

d)          Buyer acknowledges that the 50/60Hz generator, located in the Property, is the personal property of the tenant currently located within the Property. The tenant shall vacate the Property prior to Closing and shall have the right to remove such personal property from the Property prior to Closing, provided that Tenant shall also remove all associated wiring and repair any damage caused by such removal. Buyer shall have no right to such personal property. See Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

26.                                ENTIRE AGREEMENT, MODIFICATION, SURVIVAL. This agreement constitutes the entire Contract between the parties relating to the subject hereof, and any prior agreements pertaining thereto, whether oral or written, have been merged and integrated into this Contract. No subsequent modification of any of the terms of this Contract shall be valid, binding upon the parties, or enforceable unless made in writing and signed by the parties. Any obligation in this Contract that, by its terms, is intended to be performed after termination or Closing shall survive the same.

 

27.                                FORECLOSURE DISCLOSURE AND PROTECTION. Seller acknowledges that, to Seller’s current actual knowledge, the Property o   . IS    x IS NOT in foreclosure. In the event this transaction is subject to the provisions of the Colorado Foreclosure Protection Act (the Act) (i.e., generally the Act requires that the Property is residential, in foreclosure, and Buyer does not reside in it for at least 1 year), a different contract that complies with the provisions of the Act is required, and this Contract shall be void and of no effect unless the Foreclosure Property Addendum is executed by all parties concurrent with the signing of this Contract. The parties are further advised to consult with their own attorney.

 

28                                NOTICE, DELIVERY AND CHOICE OF LAW.

 

a.  Physical Delivery. Except for the notice requesting mediation described in § 22, and except as provided in § 28b below, all notices must be in writing. Any notice to Buyer shall be effective when received by Buyer or by Selling Brokerage Firm, and any notice to Seller shall be effective when received by Seller or Listing Brokerage Firm.

 

10



 

b.  Electronic Delivery. As an alternative to physical delivery, any signed document and written notice may be delivered in electronic form by the following indicated methods only: x Facsimile    x E-mail    o No Electronic Delivery. Documents with original signatures shall be provided upon request of any party.

 

c.  Choice of Law. This Contract and all disputes arising hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Colorado that would be applicable to Colorado residents who sign a contract in this state for property located in Colorado.

 

29.                                NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE, COUNTERPARTS. This proposal shall expire unless accepted in writing, by Buyer and Seller, as evidenced by their signatures below, and the offering party receives notice of such acceptance pursuant to § 28 on or before Acceptance Deadline Date (§ 2c) and Acceptance Deadline Time (§ 2c). If accepted, this document shall become a contract between Seller and Buyer. A copy of this document may be executed by each party, separately, and when each party has executed a copy thereof, such copies taken together shall be deemed to be a full and complete contract between the parties.

 

 

 

 

 

Buyer Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc.

 

Buyer

 

By:

 

Matthew Foster

 

 

 

Its:

 

President & CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

11/26/07

 

Date:

 

Address:

8120 Shaffer Parkway,

 

Address:

 

 

Littleton, CO 80127-4107

 

 

 

Phone No.:

(303) 285-5137

 

Phone No.:

 

Fax No.:

(303) 285-9882

 

Fax No.:

 

Email Address:

  arnisra@ascentsolar.com

 

Email Address:

 

[NOTE: If this offer is being countered or rejected, do not sign this document. Refer to § 30]

 

 

 

 

 

Seller J N Properties

 

Seller

By:

Morgan Nields

 

 

Date:

11/28/07

 

Date:

 

Address:

4 Sunrise Drive

 

Address:

 

 

Englewood, CO 80113

 

 

 

Phone No.:

(303) 242-8026

 

Phone No.:

 

Fax No.:

(303) 396-0033

 

Fax No.:

 

Email Address:

mnields@abla-tx.com

 

Email Address:

 

 

38.                                COUNTER; REJECTION. This offer is o Countered    o Rejected.

 

Initials only of party (Buyer or Seller) who countered or rejected offer                 

 

END OF CONTRACT

 

Note: Closing Instructions and Earnest Money Receipt should be signed on or before Title Deadline (§ 2c).

 

SELLING BROKER’S ACKNOWLEDGMENTS AND COMPENSTION DISCLOSURE.

(To be completed by Selling Broker)

 

The Selling Broker o Does     x Does Not acknowledge receipt of the Earnest Money deposit specified in § 4 and, while not a party to the Contract, agrees to cooperate upon request with any mediation concluded under § 22.

 

11



 

The Selling Broker is working with the Buyer as a x Buyer’s Agent    o Transaction-Broker in this transaction . o This is a Change of Status.

 

Seller o IS    x IS NOT a customer working with Selling Broker as a Seller’s Agent.

 

The Selling Brokerage Firm’s compensation or commission is to be paid by o Listing Brokerage Firm    o Buyer  x Other Seller shall pay Selling Brokerage Firm a commission equal to 2.5% of the purchase price.

 

Selling Brokerage Firm’s Name:  Oliver Real Estate Commercial

 

 

Broker

 

Tony Oliver

Date:

 

11/26/07

Address:

 

1400 S. Colorado Blvd, # 410

 

 

Denver, CO 80222

Phone No.:

 

(303) 691-0179

Fax No.:

 

(303) 757-7275

Email Address:

 

tonyoliver@earthlink.net

 

LISTING BROKER’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND COMPENSATION DISCLOSURE.

(To be completed by Listing Broker)

 

The Listing Broker o Does     x Does Not acknowledge receipt of Earnest Money deposit specified in § 4 and, while not a party to the Contract, agrees to cooperate upon request with any mediation concluded under § 22.

 

The Listing Broker is working with the Seller as a x Seller’s Agent o Transaction-Broker in this transaction. o This is a Change of Status.

 

Buyer o IS     o IS NOT a customer working with Selling Broker as a Buyer’s Agent.

 

Listing Broker Firm’s compensation is to be paid by x Seller     o Buyer     o Other

Listing Brokerage Firm’s Name:  CB Richard Ellis

 

Broker

 

Jim Bolt

Date:

 

                           

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Phone No.:

 

720-528-6310

Fax No.:

 

 

Email Address:

 

james.bolt@cbre.com

 

12



 

EXHIBIT A

 

THIS EXHIBIT A is attached to and shall be a part of that certain Contract to Buy and Sell Real Estate dated November 26, 2007, by and between J N PROPERTIES (“Seller”) and ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC . (“Buyer”) related to Property known as 12300 Grant Street, Thornton, CO (the “Contract”). The terms of the Contract are supplemented as hereinafter set forth. In the event of any conflict between any terms of the Contract and this Exhibit A, this Exhibit A shall be controlling.

 

1.                                        Seller’s Warranties and Obligations.

 

(a)                                   In order to induce Buyer to enter into this Contract, Seller does hereby warrant and represent to Buyer that to the best of Seller’s knowledge and belief:

 

(i)                               There has been no written demand by any beneficiary of any deed of trust, insurance underwriter or governmental authority for work to be done or other action to be taken by Seller which has not been complied with to the satisfaction of the entity making such demand; and

 

(ii)                             All information to be delivered to Buyer hereunder by Seller shall be true, correct and complete to the best of Seller’s knowledge, as of the date of such information.

 

(b)                                  Seller further represents and warrants that as of the date of this Contract and as of the date of closing;

 

(i)                            Seller has all requisite authority to enter into this Contract and to perform all obligations hereunder. Seller is not a party to, subject to or bound by, and will not be a party to, subject to or bound by, and except as disclosed herein, none of the Property is subject to: any deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument of any kind, or any judgment, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental body that could prohibit, prevent or affect the carrying out of the transactions contemplated by this Contract, or the performance by Seller of any obligations hereunder or the use by Buyer of the Property.

 

(ii)                             This Contract has been duly executed by and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Seller in accordance with its terms.

 

(iii)                           To the best of Seller’s knowledge and belief, except as specifically disclosed and approved by Buyer, there is no litigation, action, proceeding or investigation pending or threatened before any court, administrative agency or other governmental body by or against Seller or which affects or relates to the Property.

 

(c)                                   Between the date of execution hereof and the date of the closing, Seller:

 

1



 

(i)                               Shall not dispose of any interest in the Property and shall not grant any deed of trust or pledge or subject to lien or other encumbrance any interest in the Property;

 

(ii)                             Shall enter into no contract or lease which affects the Property or the transactions contemplated by this Contract without the prior written consent of the Buyer.

 

The foregoing warranties and representations shall be restated and true and correct as of the closing date. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive the closing, and shall continue in full force and effect for a period of twelve months from and after Closing.

 

2.                                        No Representations . Seller and Buyer acknowledge and agree that, except as provided in Section 1 above and as otherwise expressly provided for elsewhere in this Contract, Seller has not made any representations, warranties, or agreements to Buyer as to any matter concerning the Property, the present use thereof, or the suitability for Buyer’s intended use of the Property, including, without limitation, any representations, warranties, or agreements relating to topography, climate, air, water, water rights, utilities, present and future zoning, soil, subsoil, environmental conditions, the purposes to which the Property is suited, the use of adjoining of nearby properties, drainage, access to public roads, or proposed routes of roads, or extensions thereof, or the effect of any state or federal environmental protection laws or regulations. Buyer represents and warrants to Seller that Buyer has made or will make its own independent inspection and investigation of the Property and, in entering into this Contract, Buyer intends to rely solely on such inspection and investigation of the Property. No patent or latent physical condition of the Property, whether or not now known or discovered, shall affect the rights of either party hereto. No agreement, warranty, or representation, unless expressly contained or provided for in Section 1, shall bind Seller. Buyer expressly waives any right of rescission and all claims for damages by reason of any statement, representation, warranty, promise, or agreement, if any, unless contained in this Agreement. The foregoing provisions of Paragraph 2 of this Exhibit A notwithstanding, Seller shall not be relieved of its obligation to disclose latent defects in the Property actually known to Seller and which would not be discoverable by Buyer pursuant to a reasonable inspection of the Property.

 

3.                                          Inspection of Documents . Within ten (10) days of the mutual acceptance of this Contract, Seller shall deliver to Buyer, for Buyer’s inspection, copies of the following documents relating to the Property, to the extent that such documents are in Seller’s possession or control:

 

(a)                                   All environmental assessments, reports, and other environmental information regarding the Property.

 

(b)                                  All soils tests or analyses relating to the Property .

 

(c)                                   All surveys, plans and drawings regarding the Property.

 

2



 

(d)                                     All flood plain maps or other information regarding the existing flood plain designation as it relates to the Property.

 

(e)                                      All title insurance commitments and policies relating to the Property.

 

(f)                                        All leases affecting the Property, Buyer acknowledges that all leases encumbering the Property shall be terminated by Seller on or before Closing.

 

4.                                          Interest Bearing Account .  All Earnest Money paid to Earnest Money Holder shall be deposited in an interest bearing account with the interest accruing to the benefit of Buyer unless the Earnest Money is paid to Seller pursuant to §21 of the Contract, in which case it shall be paid over to the Seller.

 

5.                                          Access .  Seller covenants and agrees that from and after the date of the Seller=s execution. of this Contract, Buyer and its contractors, agents and/or employees, shall have reasonable access, and the right to enter upon the Property for the purpose of making surveys, engineering studies, soil tests, drainage studies, and such other tests, studies, or investigations, as the Buyer deems necessary, to determine the viability of the Property for the use to which Buyer intends to put it. Seller will endeavor to provide access within 48 hours of any request by Buyer.

 

6.                                          Indemnification; No Mechanic’s Lien .  Buyer hereby acknowledges that the preparation and submission of any plans, and the making of investigations, tests, and surveys prior to the Closing hereunder, is for the benefit of and at the insistence of Buyer. Buyer expressly acknowledges that nothing in this Contract shall authorize Buyer, or any person dealing with, through, or under Buyer to subject Seller’s interest in any portion of the Property to mechanic’s liens prior to Closing of the Property. Buyer agrees to indemnify, hold harmless, and defend Seller from any claim, liability, loss, damage, cost, or expense, including attorney’s fees, which Seller may incur or that may be asserted by reason of any entry on the Property or work performed by, through, or under Buyer or the preparation of any plans by or on behalf of Buyer, or the making of investigations, tests, and surveys ordered or conducted by Buyer. Buyer agrees not to permit or suffer and, to the extent so permitted or suffered, to cause to be immediately removed and released, any mechanic’s, materialman’s, or other lien on account of supplies, machinery, tools, equipment, labor, or materials furnished or used in connection with the planning, design, inspection, construction, alteration, repair, or surveying of the Property, or preparation of plans with respect thereto as aforesaid by, through, or under Buyer.

 

7.                                          Prior Insurance Loss .  Buyer acknowledges that Seller experienced a loss at the Property due to vandalism and theft. Seller has approximately $110,000.00 remaining in insurance proceeds to be used to restore and refurbish the Property. Within three (3) business days after mutual execution of this Contract, Seller and Buyer agree to agree upon the specific repairs and replacements to be made to the Property using the insurance proceeds. Buyer shall request the specific repairs and replacements which Buyer wishes the insurance proceeds to be used to repair and refurbish the Property and Seller shall have the right to approve such repairs and replacements in the exercise of

 

3



 

Seller’s reasonable discretion. If Buyer and Seller are unable to agree upon the specific list of repairs and replacements within such three (3) business days after mutual execution of this Contract, either party shall have the right to terminate this Contract and the earnest money deposit shall be returned to Buyer. Seller shall, subject to force majure, complete all such work prior to Closing and Buyer shall cooperate fully to facilitate such work. If the repairs and replacements exceed the sum of $110,000.00 Buyer shall pay to Seller at Closing, the additional amount in excess of such $110,000.00. If the proposed work exceeds an estimated amount $125,000.00, Seller shall have the right to request that Buyer deposit into escrow the amount in excess of $110,000.00 as an additional earnest money deposit. If work, in the amount of $110,000.00 or more, is not completed prior to Closing, Seller shall escrow, at Closing, an amount reasonably agreed upon by Seller and Buyer to complete the repairs and replacements and Seller shall have a right to receive such funds upon completion of and payment for such work.

 

8.                                          Dates for Performance .  Should any date in this Contract call for the performance of any action or notice, or the occurrence of any event, on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, such date shall be the next business day thereafter.

 

9.                                          Further Acts .  In addition to the acts, deeds, instruments and agreements recited herein and contemplated to be performed, executed and delivered by Buyer and Seller, Buyer and Seller shall perform, execute and deliver or cause to be performed, executed and delivered at any Closing or after any Closing, any and all further acts, deeds, instruments and agreement and provide such further assurances as the other party or the title company may reasonably required to consummate the transaction contemplated hereunder. However, the foregoing shall not be deemed to (i) require Seller to expend a sum of money which it would not reasonably have anticipated on the execution date, or (ii) require Buyer to expend a sum of money which it could not reasonably have anticipated on the Inspection Objection Deadline.

 

10.                                     Gender/Headings .  Throughout this Agreement, where such meanings would be appropriate: (a) the masculine gender shall be deemed to include the feminine and the neuter and vice versa, and (b) the singular shall be deemed to include the plural, and vice versa. The headings herein are inserted only as a matter of convenience and reference, and in no way define, or describe the scope of the Agreement, or the intent of any provisions thereof.

 

11.                                     Waiver .  Buyer shall have the right to waive compliance by Seller with any condition or covenant contained herein.

 

12.                                     Non-Waiver .  Failure of either party to declare any breach or default immediately upon occurrence thereof, or delay in taking any action in connection therewith, shall not waive such breach or default, but the non-defaulting party shall have the right to declare any such breach or default at any time and take such action as might be lawful or authorized hereunder either at law or in equity.

 

13.                                     Transfer of Title .  §13. shall be amended by deleting Sub¶s b. and e. In addition, Sub¶ c. shall be amended to read “those specifically described rights of third

 

4



 

parties not shown by the public records disclosed to Buyer in writing and which were accepted by Buyer in accordance with §8.b (Matters Not Shown by the Public Records) and §8.c. (Survey).”

 

 

SELLER:

BUYER:

 

 

J N PROPERTIES

ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

By:

 

By :

      

 

Morgan Nields

 

 

Matthew Foster

 

5




Exhibit 10.37

 

CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT

 

THIS CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT (“Agreement”), dated February 8, 2008, is by and between the Colorado Housing and Finance Authority (the “Authority”), a body corporate and political subdivision of the State of Colorado and Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”).

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the Borrower and the Authority agree as follows:

 

1.              Loan and Purpose . The Authority agrees to lend and the Borrower agrees to borrow from the Authority up to Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($7,500,000.00) (the “Loan”) for the acquisition and renovation of a commercial facility located at 12300 Grant Street, Thornton, CO 80241, consisting of a building and improvements (the “Improvements”) upon the real property described in Exhibit A  attached hereto (the “Property”). The Loan will be disbursed to the Borrower subject to all of the terms, provisions, conditions, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and a Disbursement Agreement of even date herewith among the Authority, the Borrower and the Escrow Agent (as defined in the Disbursement Agreement). The Loan is evidenced by a promissory note of even date herewith (the “Note”) and secured by a Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Financing Statement and Assignment of Rents and Leases of even date herewith (the “Deed of Trust”). The Authority agrees to make an initial advance in an amount of no more than Four Million One Hundred Thirty-Six Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($4,136,500.00), to fund the acquisition of the Property and Improvements by Borrower. The balance of the Loan shall be available to fund renovations to the Improvements, in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Authority reserves the right at any time to refuse to fund any amounts hereunder if the Authority determines, in its sole judgment, that either the Borrower or the Loan fails to strictly conform to the requirements of the Commitment (defined below), this Loan Agreement, the Authority’s Business Finance Credit Policy, or the Authority’s Direct Loan Program Guidelines.

 

2.              Conditions Precedent to Initial Advance for Acquisition . Prior to the advance of any Loan proceeds under this Agreement and as a condition precedent to the initial advance of Loan proceeds by the Authority for the Borrower’s acquisition of the Property and Improvements, all of the following conditions shall have been satisfied, which satisfaction shall be determined by the Authority in its sole discretion:

 

(a)              The Construction Loan Conditions set forth in that certain Construction and Permanent Loan Commitment issued by the Authority dated January 16, 2008 (the “Commitment”), including, but not limited to, those conditions set forth in Paragraphs 12, 13, 16, and 17, and Paragraphs A and B of Exhibit A thereof, which conditions are incorporated herein by reference, shall have been satisfied.

 

(b)              Borrower shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Agreement, the Disbursement Agreement, and any other document evidencing, securing or executed in connection with the Loan (the “Loan Documents”) to be performed or complied with by it on or before the date of such advance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Authority may, in its sole discretion, make advances notwithstanding the Borrower’s failure to fully perform or so comply however any such advance shall be deemed to have been made pursuant to this Agreement and shall not be deemed a waiver by the Authority of such failure or any future performance therewith.

 

3.              Conditions Precedent to Commencement of Construction, Additional Advances . The Borrower shall not begin construction of any of the Renovations, defined below, until (x) the conditions set

 

1



 

forth in Section 2 hereof, and the further conditions set forth in subparagraphs (a), (b), (c), (d), and (e) of this section, have been satisfied and, in addition, (y) the Loan is in balance as of the date of the commencement of the Renovations, as set forth in greater detail in subparagraph (k) hereof, and (z) the Authority has confirmed, in writing to Borrower, the satisfaction of such conditions. In addition, the Authority’s obligation to make any additional advance of Loan proceeds or of any funds deposited by Borrower pursuant to the terms hereof after the initial advance, and each and every such additional advance to be made by the Authority hereunder, shall be subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent listed in Section 2, and to the following:

 

(a)              Borrower shall have furnished to the Authority for its review and approval a set of the final plans and specifications (the “Plans”) for the renovations to the Improvements (the “Renovations”) which shall have been approved by the Authority. A copy of the Plans shall be incorporated herein by this reference when received and approved by the Authority. No material changes in the Plans shall be made without the prior written approval of the Authority.

 

(b)              Borrower shall have furnished to the Authority for its review and approval, a copy of the final “line item” construction budget (the “Budget”) and executed schedule of values (the “Schedule of Values”) prepared by the Contractor and co-signed by Borrower and approved by Lender, disclosing the various subcontracts and other contracts and agreements, written or oral, entered into by the Contractor in connection with construction of the Renovations, setting forth: (A) the names of all subcontractors and other parties with whom the Contractor has contracted or agreed to date; (B) whether such contract or agreement is written or oral; (C) the labor, materials or other work to be furnished pursuant thereto; (D) the amount of each subcontract, contract or other agreement; (E) the amounts paid to date; and (F) the balance due thereunder, and attaching copies of each such written subcontract, contract and other agreement. Borrower shall also furnish a final construction completion schedule for approval by the Authority.

 

(c)              Borrower shall have provided to the Authority for its review and approval a copy of the fully executed contract for the construction of the Renovations (the “Construction Contract”) with Borrower’s general contractor (the “Contractor”), and any principal subcontracts. The Construction Contract and such other principal contracts as determined by the Authority shall be collaterally assigned to the Authority pursuant to agreements satisfactory to the Authority. The Construction Contract and principal subcontracts must provide a minimum one-year warranty of all work and against latent defects.

 

(d)              Borrower shall have obtained and delivered to the Authority all necessary building permits issued by the appropriate governmental authority for all Renovations.

 

(e)              Borrower shall have delivered evidence of its policy of builder’s all risk insurance and the Contractor’s policy of commercial general liability insurance in accordance with the provisions of the Commitment.

 

(f)               All materials incorporated in the Improvements shall have been purchased so that the absolute ownership thereof shall become vested in Borrower immediately upon delivery thereof to the Property or installation in the Improvements.

 

(g)              Neither the Improvements nor any other part of the Property shall have been materially injured or damaged by any casualty, or condemned or threatened with condemnation.

 

(h)              The Authority shall have been furnished with an endorsement to the title insurance policy issued by Land Title Guarantee Company (the “Title Company”) disclosing no additional exceptions to title to the Property or Improvements and increasing the amount of the coverage equal to the amount of the advance requested plus the total of all prior advances and deleting the mechanic’s and materialmen’s lien exception with respect thereto.

 

2



 

(i)               Borrower shall be in compliance with all governmental regulations pertaining to the zoning, construction, maintenance and operation of the Improvements.

 

(j)               The Authority shall have inspected the work in place and determined that all Renovations completed to the date of the request for an advance have been performed in accordance with the Plans in a good and workmanlike manner and that the Renovations theretofore completed are of a value reasonably determined by the Authority to be not less than the amount theretofore disbursed, plus the amount requested. The Authority and its agents shall have the right of entry and free access to the Improvements during normal business hours and the right to inspect all work done, and materials, equipment and fixtures furnished, installed or stored in and about the Improvements and to inspect all books, contracts and records of the Borrower.

 

(k)              The Loan shall be and remain in balance. The Loan shall be deemed to be in balance only when the undisbursed proceeds of the Loan (after provision for reserves, fees, expenses and other deposits required by the Authority) equal or exceed the amount necessary (based on the Authority’s estimate of the cost to complete construction of the Renovations) to pay for all work completed and all materials delivered, for which payment has not been made, and the cost of completing the Renovations in accordance with the Plans.

 

(l)               Changes in the Plans, or changes by altering or adding to the work contemplated, or orders for extra work must have received the prior written approval of the Authority.

 

4.              Disbursement of Loan Proceeds. The Loan proceeds, as well as any funds that may be deposited by the Borrower pursuant to the terms hereof, shall be held by the Authority and disbursed through the Escrow Agent from time to time in accordance with the following:

 

(a)              Except for the initial disbursement to be made by the Authority at closing of the Loan to fund the Borrower’s acquisition of the Property and Improvements, the Borrower shall make applications for disbursements of the Loan proceeds (each a “Draw Request”) in accordance with the Disbursement Agreement.

 

(b)              If, at any time a mechanic’s lien is filed against the Property and Improvements or a notice of intent to file a mechanic’s lien is filed which is not released or otherwise satisfied to the Authority’s satisfaction, or if the Borrower fails to comply with any of the other terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, or if the Authority determines, which determination shall be binding on Borrower, that the materials furnished or work performed do not comply with the Plans, or if the Authority determines that the work done at that particular stage of construction has not been done in a good and workmanlike manner, or if Borrower is in any way in default under the Loan Documents, the Authority may, at its option, refuse to make a disbursement pursuant to any Draw Request until such conditions have been remedied to the satisfaction of the Authority and may exercise its other rights and remedies under the Loan Documents.

 

(c)              If the Authority determines that the Loan is not in balance and there are insufficient undisbursed Loan proceeds to enable the Borrower to complete the construction of the Renovations, or make any other payments required herein or under the Loan Documents, including but not limited to the payment of all items described in paragraph (f) of this Section 5 (the “Other Costs”), or if there are insufficient funds in a line item, as shown on the Budget or Schedule of Values, then the Authority may refuse to make any further disbursements of Loan proceeds until Borrower shall have deposited with the Title Company an amount (the “Borrower’s Balancing Funds”) equal to the greater of: (i) the amount as determined and certified by a licensed architect, employed at Borrower’s expense and approved by the Authority, as the amount required to complete the Renovations in accordance with the Plans together with payment of the Other Costs; (ii) the amount of any subcontracts and/or firm quotations for the completion of any such work together with payment of the Other Costs; or (iii) an amount determined necessary by the Authority to bring the Loan in balance. The Borrower’s Balancing Funds

 

3



 

shall be deposited into an interest-bearing account established by the Title Company for the purpose of disbursing the Loan proceeds and shall for all purposes become a part of the Loan proceeds as provided herein and in the Disbursement Agreement and shall be disbursed first to fund Draw Requests prior to the disbursement of any further Loan proceeds. All Borrower’s Balancing Funds are hereby pledged to secure the Loan and in the event of default by Borrower under the Loan Documents, Borrower’s Balancing Funds may, at the option of Lender, be applied either to the completion of the Renovations or the amounts due to the Lender under the Loan Documents.

 

(d)              The Authority may, without the consent of the Borrower, but with prior notice to Borrower before disbursement, authorize the disbursement to itself from the Loan proceeds any sums payable to the Authority by the Borrower on account of recording costs, title insurance costs, loan fees, attorney fees, interest, loan extension fees, insurance, taxes and inspection fees all as provided for in the Loan Documents; provided, however, that Borrower may pay any of such items and upon furnishing receipt evidencing such payments, shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Loan proceeds, provided there are sufficient funds to complete the construction of the Renovations and such items are included in the Budget.

 

5.              Additional Conditions for Final Disbursement. In addition to the satisfaction of all other conditions for the disbursement of Loan proceeds, the final disbursement of Loan proceeds and retainage shall be subject to the following:

 

(a)              Receipt and approval by the Authority of a final certificate of occupancy or other evidence of the completion of construction and approval of the Improvements for occupancy from the applicable governmental authority.

 

(b)              Receipt and approval by the Authority of Certificates of completion from Borrower’s architect stating that the Renovations have been completed substantially in accordance with the Plans and all applicable requirements of governmental authorities and that an authorized representative of the party executing the certificate made such periodic inspections of the Renovations during the course of construction as it deemed necessary as the basis of such certification, and any other evidence reasonably required by Authority that the Renovations have been completed in compliance with all requirements of governmental authority.

 

(c)              Such final lien waivers, certificates and estoppels as the Authority or Title Company may reasonably require from Borrower’s architect, general contractor, and all other contractors, subcontractors and material suppliers retained by Borrower or Borrower’s general contractor or any subcontractor which have performed work on the Property or provided labor, materials or supplies in connection therewith certifying receipt of the final payment of all sums owing to each of such parties from Borrower with respect to the construction and stating that each such party has no claim against Borrower, the construction or any Loan funds arising out of or in connection with such work, labor, materials or supplies.

 

(d)              An affidavit and indemnity duly executed by Borrower stating that each person providing any material or performing any work in connection with the construction for Borrower, the general contractor and all subcontractors has been paid in full or will be paid in full from the proceeds of such advance, and that lien waivers have been received from all contractors, subcontractors and suppliers who have performed work or supplied materials in connection with the construction of the construction for Borrower, the general contractor and all subcontractors.

 

(e)              The Authority agrees that if upon final completion of the Renovations the total actual costs of the acquisition and renovation of the Property and Improvements is less than the amount estimated as of the execution of the Commitment and therefore the Borrower’s equity advanced at closing is more than the fifteen percent (15%) of such costs required in the Commitment, the Authority agrees to refund the amount of such excess equity to Borrower from the Loan proceeds, less any Cost of Funds Reimbursement due to the Authority pursuant to the Note if the final amount advanced under the Loan is less than $6,750,000.

 

4



 

6.              Commencement and Completion of Construction. Borrower shall commence the Renovations no later than sixty (60) days after the date hereof, but in no event prior to the satisfaction of the conditions to commencement of the Renovations set froth in Section 3 hereof, and shall prosecute the construction or rehabilitation with due diligence and shall complete the Renovations by no later than December 8, 2008 (the “Completion Date”), in strict compliance with the Plans and applicable rules and regulations and in a good and workmanlike manner. Should the costs to complete the Renovations exceed the remaining Loan proceeds, Borrower hereby agrees to complete and pay for the remaining Renovations on or before the Completion Date.

 

7.              Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Borrower. The Borrower represents and warrants to, and covenants and agrees with the Authority as of the date of any disbursement hereunder as follows:

 

(a)              The Borrower is a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Delaware and is validly organized, existing and in good standing under said laws and is duly qualified to do business under the laws of the State of Colorado.

 

(b)              The Borrower has full power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Note, and the Loan Documents. The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Note, and the Loan Documents and the performance and observance of their terms, conditions and obligations have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Borrower. This Agreement, the Note, and the Loan Documents constitute, and any other agreement required hereby will constitute, when executed and delivered by the Borrower, to the Authority, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower enforceable in accordance with their terms.

 

(c)              The financial statements of the Borrower delivered to the Authority continue to fairly represent the financial condition of the Borrower and no material adverse change has occurred in the conditions reflected therein since its date. No additional material obligations have been entered into by the Borrower since the date of its financial statements other than as disclosed to the Authority in writing.

 

(d)              There is no default on the part of the Borrower under this Agreement or any Loan Document and no event has occurred that with notice or the passage of time or both would constitute a default hereunder or under any such document.

 

(e)              The construction of the Renovations and the proposed use thereof, comply with all applicable zoning, environmental protection, use and building codes, laws, regulations and ordinances. The Plans have been approved by all applicable governmental authorities and/or architectural control committees, and with respect to the Property and Improvements, Borrower has no knowledge of any violations of any laws, ordinances, codes, requirements, orders or covenants of any governmental entity, agency, instrumentality or association having jurisdiction over the Property.

 

(f)               All utility services and facilities necessary for the construction of the renovations in the Improvements and the full enjoyment thereof are available at the boundaries of the Property. All utility companies and governmental authorities have agreed to serve the Property with utility services and facilities, and any required utility taps have been issued by the appropriate governmental authority and/or utility companies. All roads necessary for the full utilization of the Property and Improvements for their intended purposes have been completed and the necessary rights of way therefor have been dedicated for public use and accepted by the appropriate governmental authority.

 

(g)              All the necessary licenses, authorizations, consents, approvals and permits required for the development of the Property and construction or rehabilitation of the Improvements thereon have been obtained.

 

5



 

(h)              Borrower shall expend the Loan proceeds received hereunder solely for the purpose of paying costs identified in the Budget and shall in no event use the Loan proceeds for any other purpose.

 

(i)               Borrower shall correct any defect in the Renovations and Improvements or any deviation from the Plans not approved by the Authority. The advance of any Loan proceeds shall not constitute a waiver of the right of the Authority to require compliance with this covenant with respect to any such defects or deviations from the Plans not theretofore discovered by the Authority.

 

(j)               The Improvements do not, and when renovated will not, encroach upon or overhang any easement or right-of-way, or adjoining land, and are or will be wholly within any building restriction and/or set back lines.

 

(k)              Borrower shall, at the completion of the Renovations, provide the Authority with a certification of actual costs, executed by the Borrower and its Architect.

 

(l)               Borrower shall not amend the Construction Contract, any principal subcontract, or the contract with Borrower’s Architect, without the prior written consent of the Authority.

 

(m)             At all times, the outstanding balance on the Loan shall be no more than eighty-five percent (85%) of the lesser of the cost of the Property plus the Renovations or the “as completed” appraised value of the Property, as renovated.

 

8.              Events of Default. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events or existence of one or more of the following conditions, with respect to the Borrower, shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

 

(a)              There shall occur an event of default under the terms of the Note, this Agreement, any other Loan Documents or any other document executed in connection herewith.

 

(b)              If the Borrower at any time prior to the completion of the Renovations abandons the same or ceases work thereon for a period of more than twenty (20) days or fails to complete the construction or rehabilitation of the Improvements strictly in accordance with the Plans, except as such failure or cessation of work is due to matters not within the control of the Borrower, or makes material changes in the Plans without first securing the written approval of the Authority, or otherwise fails to comply with the terms hereof.

 

(c)              Any representation or warranty made in writing to the Authority herein or in connection with the making of the Loan, or any certificate, statement or report made in compliance with this Agreement by the Borrower shall prove at any time to have been incorrect in any material respect when made; or the Borrower shall fail to perform or observe any covenant contained herein and such failure shall not be cured within thirty (30) days after the Borrower has been notified of such failure by the Authority.

 

(d)              The Borrower shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, file a petition in bankruptcy, be adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt or admit in writing the inability to pay debts as they mature, petition or apply to any tribunal for the appointment of a receiver or any trustee or similar officer for the Borrower or a substantial part of the assets of the Borrower, or shall commence any proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction, whether now or hereafter in effect, or if there shall have been filed any such petition or application, or any such proceeding shall have been commenced against the Borrower, that remains undismissed for a period of sixty (60) days or more; or the Borrower by any act or omission shall indicate its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such petition, application or proceeding, or the appointment of a receiver of or any trustee or similar officer for the Borrower or any substantial part of any

 

6



 

of the properties of the Borrower, or shall suffer any such receivership or trusteeship to continue undischarged for a period of sixty (60) days or more; or any judgment, writ, warrant of attachment or execution or similar process shall be issued or levied against a substantial part of the property of the Borrower and such judgment, writ or similar process shall not be released, vacated or fully bonded within sixty (60) days after its issue or levy.

 

(e)              Any action shall be taken by any governmental authority that would materially and adversely affect the use or occupation of the Improvements for their intended purpose and such action shall not have been reversed or remedied within a period of ten (10) days from the taking thereof, or such additional time as such governmental authority may grant to Borrower to secure a reversal or remedy without enforcement of its initial action.

 

(f)               A lien or other encumbrance (other than as permitted by the Loan Documents) shall be filed against the Property or Improvements or any other security for the Loan and the same shall not have been removed or the Borrower shall not have posted adequate security therefor within ten (10) days after the filing thereof.

 

(g)            This Agreement or the Note, or any Loan Document shall at any time for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or shall be declared to be null and void, or the validity or enforceability thereof shall be contested by the Borrower, or the Borrower shall deny that it has any or further liability or obligation hereunder or thereunder.

 

(h)            Borrower shall execute any security agreement with respect to any materials, fixtures or articles used in the construction of the Renovations or with respect to any articles of personal property located therein and secured by the Loan Documents, or such articles secured by the Loan Documents are purchased pursuant to any conditional sales contract or other security agreement.

 

(i)             The Authority shall determine that the estimated cost to complete the construction of the Renovations is in excess of the amount of funds available to Borrower to complete and pay for such construction and items, and such deficiency is not corrected within ten (10) days after notice to Borrower by the deposit with the Authority of such amounts which when added to the undisbursed Loan funds shall be sufficient to enable the completion and payment of the costs of construction of the Renovations.

 

(j)             The Borrower defaults in the performance of any term, covenant, or condition to be performed hereunder and such default is not remedied within twenty (30) days, unless a longer period of time is reasonably required to cure the default, from and after written notice from the Authority to the Borrower, specifying said default.

 

9.              Remedies .

 

(a)           Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default that is not cured as otherwise provided herein or in the other Loan Documents, and at any time thereafter, the Authority may, at its option, terminate this Agreement and shall be under no further obligation to make payments or disbursements hereunder or take any other action with respect to this Agreement. If the Authority so elects to terminate this Agreement, it may use and apply any undisbursed Loan proceeds together with any Borrower’s Balancing Funds, regardless of the purpose for which such funds were deposited, in such manner and for such purposes as it may determine. The Loan, with all accrued interest and other amounts payable hereunder, shall, at the option of the Authority, become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind all of which are expressly waived by the Borrower. The Authority may proceed with every remedy available at law or equity or provided for herein or in any document executed in connection herewith, and all expenses incurred by the Authority and any assignee of the Authority in connection with any remedy shall be deemed indebtedness of the Borrower to the Authority or such assignee and a part of the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Deed of Trust).

 

7



 

The Authority may apply the proceeds from any collateral for the Loan or from any other source against any of the Secured Obligations as and in any order it sees fit.

 

(b)              If the Authority elects not to terminate this Agreement, it may enter into possession of the premises and perform any and all work and labor necessary to complete the Renovations substantially according to the Plans. All sums expended by the Authority to complete the Renovations shall be deemed to have been paid to the Borrower and secured by the Deed of Trust. For this purpose, the Borrower hereby constitutes and appoints the Authority its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution in the premises, to complete the construction or rehabilitation of the Improvements in the name of the Borrower. The Borrower hereby empowers the Authority as follows: (i) to use any undisbursed Loan proceeds and Borrowers Balancing Funds, including any balance which may be held in escrow, for the purpose of completing the Renovations in the manner called for by the Plans; (ii) to make such additions, changes and corrections in the Plans as shall be necessary or desirable to complete the Renovations in substantially the manner contemplated by the Plans; (iii) to employ such contractors, subcontractors, agents, architects and inspectors as shall be required for said purposes; (iv) to pay, settle or compromise all existing bills and claims which may be liens against the mortgaged property, or as may be necessary or desirable for the completion of the Renovations, or for clearance of title; (v) to execute all applications and certificates in the name of the Borrower which may be required by any of the contract documents; (vi) to prosecute and defend all actions or proceedings in connection with the mortgaged premises or the Renovations and to take such action and require such performance as it deems necessary under the accepted guaranty of completion; and (vii) to do any and every act which the Borrower might do in its own behalf. It is further understood and agreed that this power of attorney, which shall be deemed to be a power coupled with an interest, cannot be revoked. The Borrower hereby assigns and quit claims to the Authority all Loan proceeds unadvanced under the Note and all Borrower’s Balancing Funds for use in completing the Renovations, such assignment to become effective only in case of the Borrower’s uncured default.

 

(c)              No delay or failure of the Authority in the exercise of any right or remedy provided for hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of the right by the Authority and no exercise or partial exercise or waiver of any right or remedy shall be deemed a waiver of any further exercise of such right or remedy or of any other right or remedy that the Authority may have. The enforcement of any rights of the Authority as to any security for the Loan shall not affect the rights of the Authority to enforce payment of the Loan and to recover judgment for any portion thereof remaining unpaid. The rights and remedies herein expressed are cumulative and not exclusive of any right or remedy that the Authority shall otherwise have.

 

10.            Rights of the Authority. The Authority may assign, negotiate, pledge or otherwise hypothecate this Agreement, the Note and the Loan Documents or any of its rights and security hereunder or thereunder, in whole or in part. In case of such assignment, the Borrower will accord full recognition thereto and hereby agrees that all rights and remedies of the Authority in connection with the interests so assigned shall be enforceable against the Borrower by the assignee thereof.

 

11.            Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

(a)              Based upon periodic physical inspections, the documentation for Loan advances, and upon information supplied by the Contractor, the Borrower shall monitor progress of construction under the Construction Contract and under each subcontract and shall make a monthly assessment as to the possibility that there may be cost overruns in connection with such contract or subcontracts. The Borrower shall promptly notify the Authority of any such potential cost overruns.

 

(b)              Borrower shall be liable to the Authority for all sums paid or incurred in excess of the amount of the Loan for the completion of the Renovations, whether the same shall be paid or incurred pursuant to provisions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or otherwise and for all accrued interest. All payments made or liabilities incurred in excess of the amount of the Loan by the Authority under this Agreement or other Loan Documents of any kind whatsoever, including attorneys’ fees, shall be

 

8



 

paid by Borrower to the Authority upon demand with interest at the default rate set forth in the Note to the date of payment to the Authority and all of the foregoing, including interest, shall be deemed and shall constitute advances under this Agreement.

 

(c)              Any obligation of the Authority to make advances hereunder is imposed solely and exclusively for the benefit of Borrower and no other person, firm or corporation shall, under any circumstances, be deemed to be a beneficiary of such condition, nor shall it have any derivative claim against the Authority.

 

(d)              Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged, or terminated orally and may only be modified or amended by an instrument in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

 

(e)              Inspections and approval of the Plans, the Renovations, the Improvements and the workmanship and materials used therein impose no responsibility or liability of any nature or kind whatsoever on the Authority to Borrower and/or any third parties. The parties hereby expressly agree and acknowledge that their relationship is that of lender and borrower and that no other relationship, including that of joint venture, partnership or other common enterprise is created by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

(f)               All rights, powers, and remedies herein given to the Authority are cumulative and not alternative, and are in addition to all other statutes or rules of law. Any forbearance or delay by the Authority in exercising the same shall not be deemed to be a waiver thereof and the exercise of any right or partial exercise thereof shall not preclude the further exercise thereof and the same shall continue in full force and effect until specifically waived by an instrument in writing executed by the Authority. All representations, warranties and covenants by Borrower shall survive the making of the advances of the Loan and the provisions hereof shall be binding upon Borrower, its successors and assigns and inure to the benefit of the Authority, its successors and assigns.

 

(g)              During the term of the Loan, Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of the Authority, create or incur or suffer to be created or incurred any encumbrance, mortgage, pledge, lien or charge of any kind upon the Property or the Improvements other than encumbrances permitted hereby.

 

(h)              Borrower agrees that, in the event there is any conflict between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Note and Deed of Trust, the Note and Deed of Trust shall prevail.

 

(i)               All notices required under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or served when presented personally or when deposited in the United States mail, by registered or certified mail, addressed to the parties at the address set forth in the Deed of Trust. Such addresses may be changed by notice to the other party given in the same manner as provided in the Deed of Trust.

 

(j)               This Agreement and all matters of construction and performance relating thereto shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Colorado.

 

(k)              This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts.

 

(l)               The rights and obligations of Borrower under this Agreement may not be assigned without the prior written consent of the Authority.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

9



 

 

 

AUTHORITY:

 

 

 

 

 

Colorado Housing and Finance Authority

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Charles L. Borgman

 

 

 

Charles L. Borgman, General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

 

 

  Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc., a Delaware
  corporation

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ R. Scott Burrows

 

By:

/s/ Matthew B. Foster

 

R. Scott Burrows, Secretary

 

 

        Matthew B. Foster, President

 

10



 

EXHIBIT A

 

(Attached to and forming part of a Construction Loan Agreement dated as of February 8, 2008, by and between the Colorado Housing and Finance Authority and Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation.)

 

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

 

Lot 4, Block 7, Washington Square Subdivision - Amended, County of Adams, State of Colorado.

 

11




Exhibit 10.38

 

Loan No. 000500642

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

BORROWER:

 

PAYEE:

 

 

 

Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc., a Delaware

 

Colorado Housing and Finance Authority

corporation

 

 

8120 Shaffer Parkway, Littleton, CO 80127-4107

 

1981 Blake Street, Denver, Colorado 80202

 

Note Date: February 8, 2008

Principal Amount: Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($7,500,000.00)

Loan Rate: Six and Sixty One-Hundredths Percent (6.60%) Per Annum

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Borrower promises to pay to the order of Payee, the principal sum of Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($7,500,000.00) or so much thereof as shall have been advanced by Payee, from time to time (the “Principal Amount”), in accordance with the terms hereof and of that certain construction loan agreement between Borrower and Payee of even date herewith (the “Loan Agreement”) as it relates to the construction or rehabilitation of certain improvements (the “Improvements”) on the real property (the “Property”) more particularly described in the Deed of Trust (as defined below), together with interest on the outstanding unpaid balance of such Principal Amount at the Loan Rate set forth above, together with other amounts which may be due in accordance with the provisions of this Promissory Note (the “Note”).

 

The Borrower shall make payments of principal and interest as follows: Borrower shall pay interest only, at the Loan Rate, on so much of the Principal Amount as shall be outstanding from time to time (“Construction Loan Interest”). Construction Loan Interest shall be computed on the basis of a three- hundred-sixty-five (365) day year based upon the actual number of days elapsed. Construction Loan Interest shall be payable each month, in arrears, on the first day of the month. All unpaid principal, accrued and unpaid Construction Loan Interest, and all other sums due hereunder shall be due and payable in full on January 1, 2009 (the “Maturity Date”).

 

All payments of principal and interest shall be made at Payee’s offices at the address shown above or at such other place as Payee shall designate to Borrower in writing. For so long as there does not exist an Event of Default hereunder, as hereinafter defined, all payments received hereunder, including prepayments, shall be applied in the following order of priority: (i) to any amount required to be paid into a tax and insurance impound account in accordance with any of the Loan Documents, as hereinafter defined; (ii) to reimburse Payee for advances made and expenses incurred, including interest which has accrued on such advances or expenses, pursuant to the Loan Documents, as hereinafter defined; (iii) to the Cost of Funds Reimbursement due as described below, if any; (iv) to accrued and unpaid interest; and (v) to the outstanding principal balance of this Note.

 

After an Event of Default hereunder which has not been cured within any applicable cure period, all payments received by Payee on this Note shall be applied by Payee to the impound account, advances, accrued late charges, principal, interest and other charges due hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, as hereinafter defined, in such order as Payee shall determine in its sole subjective discretion.

 

In the event that Borrower shall fail to make any monthly payment due hereunder within fifteen (15) days following the due date thereof, Borrower shall pay to Payee a late charge in the amount of five percent (5%) of said monthly payment.

 

1



 

Borrower acknowledges that Payee may pledge this Note as security for bonds, including refunding bonds, issued by Payee (the “Bonds”). This Note may not be prepaid in whole or in part before the Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Note is prepaid prior to the Maturity Date, whether because of the acceleration of the Maturity Date by Payee after an Event of Default or otherwise, Borrower agrees that it shall pay Payee an amount (the “Cost of Funds Reimbursement”) equal to the actual costs incurred by the Payee to cancel all or a portion of the financial instruments purchased by the Payee in order to lock in the Loan Rate up to the amount of $6,750,000 for the benefit of the Borrower. In addition, Borrower agrees to pay the Cost of Funds Reimbursement to Payee if the Permanent Loan is not made by Payee to Borrower in the amount of at least $6,750,000 as provided in that certain Construction and Permanent Loan Commitment between Payee and Borrower dated January 16, 2008.

 

This Note is secured by, and the holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of a Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Financing Statement and Assignment of Rents and Leases (the “Deed of Trust”) encumbering certain real and personal property more particularly described therein (the “Property”). This Note, the Loan Agreement and Deed of Trust, together with all other instruments now or hereafter executed by Borrower or any related business enterprise in favor of Payee, which in any manner evidence the indebtedness represented by this Note or which constitute additional security for this Note, are herein collectively referred to as the “Loan Documents”. Reference is made to the Loan Documents for a description of the property covered thereby and the rights, remedies and obligations of the holder hereof in respect thereto.

 

The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a default under this Note (an “Event of Default”):

 

(a)

 

Borrower shall fail to pay on or before the Maturity Date all amounts due and payable under this

Note; or

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

Borrower shall fail to make any monthly interest payment on the date such payment is due in

accordance with the provisions of this Note (whether due on the date provided herein or by acceleration or otherwise); or

 

 

 

(c)

 

Borrower shall fail to complete construction of the Renovations to the improvements not later than

the Construction Completion Date as defined in the Loan Agreement; or

 

(d)

 

There shall occur a non-monetary default under the terms of this Note; or

 

 

 

(e)

 

There shall occur a default under the terms of any Loan Document.

 

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the entire principal balance and accrued interest, irrespective of the Maturity Date specified herein, shall become immediately due and payable at the option of Payee, subject only to the giving of prior notice and the rights of cure as set forth below, to the extent applicable and shall thereafter bear interest until paid in full at the rate of four percent (4%) above the Loan Rate.

 

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (except as otherwise stated below), Payee shall not accelerate this debt, make any payments for which Borrower is primarily liable or foreclose upon or attach any assets of Borrower unless it first mails to Borrower at Borrower’s address listed in the Deed of Trust, written notice of such default and such default is not fully cured within the following periods:

 

(a)           ten (10) days after such notice is so deposited in the U.S. mail in the event of any failure to make a monetary payment to any person;

 

(b)          thirty (30) days after such notice is so deposited in the U.S. mail in the event of nonmonetary defaults not subject to other provisions of this paragraph, provided (i) within ten (10) days after the mailing of the notice of default Borrower commences its cure and submits to Payee in writing its plan to cure; and (ii) said cure is continuously pursued by Borrower with due diligence. If said default is

 

2



 

not reasonably capable of being cured within thirty (30) days, Borrower shall have such additional time as is reasonably necessary to complete the cure, but in no event for more than ninety (90) days after the mailing of the notice of default, all provided (x) said default is in Payee’s reasonable judgment curable within said period, (y) Borrower provides Payee with written, detailed progress reports at least every thirty (30) days until the cure is complete, and (z) Borrower continuously and diligently pursues said cure; or

 

(c)            sixty (60) days after the filing of any involuntary petition in bankruptcy against or for the appointment of a receiver for Borrower (except for petitions for receivership filed by Payee), with the dismissal of such petitions by the court within such period being deemed to cure such default.

 

Notwithstanding the above provisions, none of the cure periods provided for in this paragraph shall apply in the following circumstances:

 

(i)             if Borrower transfers or encumbers all or any portion of its interest in the Property without the required consent of Payee; or

 

(ii)            in any circumstance when a delay in effecting a cure is, in the reasonable judgment of Payee, likely to result in any security being damaged, becoming uninsured or rendered unavailable to Payee or the value thereof being materially and adversely affected; or

 

(iii)           any default of the same type or nature which occurs more than twice in any one (1) calendar year; or

 

(iv)           any failure to proceed with or complete the construction, renovation or repair of the Improvements as required by the Loan Agreement or Deed of Trust; or

 

(v)            any filing of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy by Borrower; or

 

(vi)           any assignment for the benefit of creditors, fraudulent conveyance, or other plan or action instituted by Borrower or any general partner of Borrower, in any attempt to avoid the satisfaction of any lawful indebtedness; or

 

(vii)          any waste committed to the Property or Improvements, or any demolition or removal of any Improvements except as permitted by the Loan Agreement without Payee’s consent (other than the exercise by any proper authority of the right of eminent domain); or

 

(viii)         any non-monetary default which Payee reasonably determines is not capable of being cured within the requisite period.

 

The provisions of this paragraph shall apply to defaults under all the Loan Documents, and unless expressly stated to the contrary in such documents any cure period referred to therein shall be deemed to incorporate said provisions. If any of said documents are inconsistent with this paragraph the latter shall be controlling, unless said other document expressly provides otherwise. Where additional notice or cure periods are provided in this or any other such documents or are required by any other contract or by law, said periods and those contained in this paragraph shall run concurrently.

 

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower agrees to pay on demand all of Payee’s costs and expenses incurred for the recovery of all or any part of or for protection of the indebtedness or to enforce Payee’s rights under the Loan Documents including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

The Deed of Trust includes certain limitations on the right of Borrower to sell, convey, contract to sell or convey, assign or encumber the Property. Reference to the Deed of Trust must be made for the text of these provisions. Such provisions are incorporated herein by this reference.

 

3



 

Borrower waives presentment, notice of dishonor, notice of acceleration and protest, and assents to any extensions of time with respect to any payment due under this Note, to any substitution or release of collateral and to the addition or release of any party. No waiver of any payment or other right under this Note shall operate as a waiver of any other payment or right.

 

This Note is made and dated as of the date above written and is to be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Colorado.

 

Notices which are given pursuant to this Note shall be given as set forth in the Deed of Trust.

 

IN CONSIDERATION OF PAYEE MAKING THE LOAN EVIDENCED BY THIS NOTE AND AS A SPECIFIC CONDITION OF THE MAKING OF SAID LOAN BY PAYEE, PAYEE AND BORROWER DO EACH HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, THE LETTER OF COMMITMENT WHEREBY PAYEE AGREED TO MAKE THE LOAN AND ANY MODIFICATION OR AMENDMENT TO ANY ONE OR ALL OF THEM, OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE ACTIONS OF PAYEE IN THE ENFORCEMENT THEREOF. BORROWER DOES HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGE THAT IT HAS DISCUSSED AND REVIEWED THE LOAN DOCUMENTS WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND UNDERSTANDS THE PROVISIONS THEREOF, INCLUDING SPECIFICALLY, BUT WITHOUT LIMITATION, THIS WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS EXERCISED ITS INDEPENDENT JUDGMENT TO ACT IN EXECUTING THIS NOTE AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND IS ACTING UPON ITS OWN FREE WILL, WITHOUT DURESS, COERCION OR COMPULSION OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER.

 

 

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

 

 

Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc., a Delaware

 

 

corporation

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ R.Scott Burrows

 

By:

/s/ Matthew B. Foster

 

R.Scott Burrows, Secretary

 

 

Matthew B. Foster, President

 

 

STATE OF COLORADO

)

 

) ss.

COUNTY OF DENVER

)

 

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 8th , day of February, 2008, by Matthew B. Foster as President and R. Scott Burrows as Secretary of Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

My commission expires:

 

.

 

 

 

 

 

(SEAL)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

MIKE HEATH
NOTARY PUBLIC
STATE OF COLORADO

 

Notary Public

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

My Commission Expires Oct. 11, 2010

 

 

 

 

4




Exhibit 10.39

 

colorado housing and finance authority

 

CONSTRUCTION AND PERMANENT LOAN COMMITMENT

financing the places where

 

 

people live and work

 

 

 

January 16, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

Ashutosh Misra

 

 

Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc.

1981 Blake Street

 

8120 Shaffer Parkway

 

 

Littleton, CO 80127

Denver, Colorado 80202

 

 

 

 

Re:    Construction and Permanent Loans to Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

Dear Mr. Misra:

 

 

 

 

 

The Colorado Housing and Finance Authority (the “Authority”) hereby notifies you of the Authority’s approval of your request for a short term construction loan (the “Construction Loan”) to finance the acquisition and renovation of a commercial facility located at 12300 Grant Street, Thornton, Colorado, 80241 (the “Project”) and a long term permanent loan (the “Permanent Loan”) to finance the Project after the renovations are completed, subject to the following terms and conditions:

303.297.chfa (2432)

 

 

 

 

1.              Borrower.   Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

800.877.chfa (2432)

 

 

toll free

 

2.              Loan Amounts.  The Construction Loan shall be disbursed in increments up to an amount not to exceed Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($7,500,000). The Permanent Loan shall equal the amount disbursed under the Construction Loan.

303.297.7305

 

 

tdd

 

3.              Interest Rates.  Six and Sixty One-hundredths percent (6.60%) per annum fixed for both loans.

 

 

 

 

 

4.              Loan Terms.  The maturity date of the Construction Loan will be December 1, 2008. The maturity date of the Permanent Loan will be Twenty (20) years after the commencement of the term of the Construction Loan.

 

www.chfainfo.com



 

5.           Repayment.  The Construction Loan shall be paid in monthly installments of interest only based on the amount of principal disbursed. The Permanent Loan shall be paid in monthly installments of principal and interest sufficient to amortize the Loan over its term.

 

6.           Loan Fees.  A non-refundable commitment fee equal to 1% of the principal amount of the Construction Loan (the “Commitment Fee”), payable to the Authority upon acceptance of this Commitment. The Borrower also shall pay the Authority’s third party costs, including title insurance premiums, appraisal fees, survey fees, title company’s closing and disbursement fees, environmental search charges, recording costs, and attorneys fees and costs, as applicable (the “Closing Costs”).

 

7.           Commitment Expiration Dates.  This commitment shall expire as to the Construction Loan on March 15, 2008. This commitment shall expire as to the Permanent Loan on December 15, 2008.

 

8.           Security.  The Construction Loan and Permanent Loan shall be secured by the following, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Authority, and by such other arrangements as the Authority reasonably may require:

 

a.           A first deed of trust encumbering the land, improvements and fixtures comprising the Project.

 

Borrower, by execution of this Commitment, authorizes the Authority to file a financing statement evidencing the Authority’s security interest in the personal property and fixtures comprising the Project prior to the Loan closing and prior to Borrower’s execution of a Security Agreement with respect to such personal property.

 

9.           Reimbursement of Rate Lock Costs. If for any reason (a) the Construction Loan is prepaid prior to maturity; (b) the conditions to closing the Permanent Loan are not satisfied by Borrower prior to the Commitment Expiration Date therefor; or (c) the amount of the Permanent Loan is reduced below the principal amount of $6,750,000 pursuant to the terms of this Commitment, the Borrower shall pay the Authority an amount equal to the actual costs incurred by the Authority to cancel all or a portion of the financial instruments purchased by the Authority in order to lock in the interest rate on the Permanent Loan up to the amount of $6,750,000 for the benefit of the Borrower.

 

2



 

10.         Prepayment of Permanent Loan.  The Permanent Loan may not be prepaid in whole or in part during the first seven (7) loan years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Permanent Loan is prepaid for any reason a “yield maintenance” prepayment premium shall be due to the Authority. No prepayment fee shall be due after the end of the seventh (7 th ) loan year.

 

11.         Documents.  The Authority will prepare the closing documents and coordinate the closing with Borrower as follows. Exhibit A to this commitment lists all applicable documents that: (i) must be provided by the Borrower to the Authority prior to closing of each loan (the “Pre-closing Documents”); and (ii) must be signed and delivered by the Borrower to the Authority at closing of each loan (the “Closing Documents”). The Pre-Closing Documents must be delivered to the Authority by the Borrower in form satisfactory to the Authority.

 

When the Pre-Closing Documents have been received and approved by the Authority, the Authority will prepare the Closing Documents for review by the Borrower and schedule a closing date, which will be no sooner than seven (7) business days after receipt of complete and satisfactory Pre-Closing Documents and satisfaction of all closing conditions to be completed prior to Closing.

 

12.         Closing.  As a condition precedent to the closing of the Construction Loan and Permanent Loan, the conditions of paragraphs 13 and 14 below, respectively, shall have been met and each of the applicable Closing Documents listed in Exhibit A, in form and substance satisfactory to the Authority, shall be executed and delivered to the Authority. In addition, at the closing of each loan, the Borrower shall pay Closing Costs by certified or cashier’s check. The Authority reserves the right at all times to decline to close the Construction Loan and Permanent Loan if the Authority determines, in its sole judgment, that the Borrower or the Loan does  not strictly conform to the requirements of this Commitment, the Authority’s  Business Finance Credit Policy (the “Policy”), and the Authority’s Direct Loan Program Guidelines (the “Guidelines”).

 

The Closing Documents shall include, without limitation the following provisions:

 

a.           Each loan shall bear interest after default at a rate equal to four percent (4%) per annum above the Interest Rate stated above.

 

b.           A late charge will be assessed on all monthly installments of principal and interest on the Loan which are paid more than fifteen (15) days late equal to five (5%) percent of such late installment.

 

3



 

c.           Borrower shall provide the Authority copies of the annual financial statements (balance sheet and income statement) filed by it with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and copies of federal income tax returns annually to the Authority which financials shall show in sufficient detail the revenues and expenses related to the operations of Borrower’s business enterprise. In the event of any default under the Loan, the Authority may require that the Borrower provide audited financial statements. The Authority shall file such annual financial statements, and Borrower shall promptly provide to the Authority for filing such additional financial information and operating data and shall execute such continuing disclosure undertaking within ten (10) business days after a request by the Authority, as is deemed necessary for the Authority to comply with Rule 15c2-12 adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or as is deemed desirable by the Authority in its sole discretion.

 

d.           The Borrower must occupy a minimum of fifty-one percent (51%) of the Project.

 

13.         Construction Loan Conditions.  The closing of the Construction Loan shall be subject to the provisions of the Colorado Housing and Finance Authority Act (the “Act”), the Policy, the Guidelines, and to the following conditions:

 

a.           Approval by the Authority of the preliminary budget and plans and specifications for the proposed renovations to be done to the building comprising a portion of the Project.

 

b.           The Construction Loan shall be disbursed pursuant to a Construction Loan Agreement between the Authority and Borrower and a Disbursement Agreement between the Authority, Borrower and title company insuring the Construction Loan, both in form and substance satisfactory to the Authority. The Construction Loan Agreement will provide, among other things, that before any disbursements are made from the Construction Loan other than for the acquisition of the Project at Closing and prior to the commencement of any renovation work on the Project, the Authority shall have approved the final budget and completion schedule, schedule of values, plans and specifications, all governmental permits and approvals, and the general contractor’s and principal subcontractor’s contracts relating to the renovation work. The contracts with Borrower’s general contractor and principal subcontractor’s shall contain a one-year warranty of all work and against latent defects. In addition, the contracts with the

 

4



 

Borrower’s architect, general contractor and principal subcontractor’s shall be collaterally assigned to the Authority.

 

c.           Evidence satisfactory to the Authority that the total projected “as completed” costs of the Project will be at least $8,823,500 and that fifteen percent (15%) of such amount, being the required Borrower’s equity, has been expended by Borrower at Closing for acquisition of the Project.

 

d.           An “as is” appraisal of the real property securing the Construction Loan satisfactory to the Authority showing that the ratio of the first disbursement to be made under the Construction Loan at closing for the acquisition of the Project to the lesser of cost or “as is” appraised value does not exceed eighty-five percent (85%). Prior to the commencement of any renovation work on the Project and further disbursements under the Construction Loan, the Authority shall receive an “as completed” appraisal of the real property securing the Construction Loan satisfactory to the Authority showing that the ratio of the entire Construction Loan amount to the lesser of cost or “as completed” appraised value does not exceed eighty-five percent (85%).

 

e.           Evidence satisfactory to the Authority that the Project is and will be in compliance with applicable zoning, planning and land use laws and regulations.

 

f.            Evidence satisfactory to the Authority that the Borrower and the Project are and will be in compliance with applicable environmental laws, regulations, permits, orders or other environmental requirements and that the real and personal property comprising the Project do not contain hazardous wastes or other adverse environmental conditions.

 

g.           All representations made by or on behalf of Borrower to the Authority in connection with the Application shall be true and correct as of the date of funding of the Loan.

 

h.           As of the date of funding of the Construction Loan, no change shall have occurred in the financial condition of the Borrower or in any other aspect of the financing proposal of which the Loan is a part which, in the judgment of the Authority, materially adversely affects the Borrower’s ability to repay the Loan or makes unreasonable or unreliable any of the financing assumptions upon which such repayment is predicated.

 

5



 

i.            No litigation shall be pending or threatened calling into question or which, if adversely determined, would affect (i) the creation, organization or existence of the Borrower, (ii) the validity of the Construction Loan documents or (iii) the authority of the Borrower to grant a mortgage on the Project’s real property or a security interest in the Project’s personal property or to make or perform the Loan documents. No proceedings shall be pending or threatened against or affecting the Borrower which involve the possibility of materially and adversely affecting the properties, business, prospects, profits or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower, nor shall the Borrower be in default with respect to any order of any court, governmental authority or arbitration board or tribunal.

 

j.            Such other conditions as the Authority may deem necessary or prudent to assure repayment of the Loan or compliance with the Act, the Policy or the Guidelines.

 

14.         Permanent Loan Conditions.  Closing of the Permanent Loan shall be subject to the provisions of the Colorado Housing and Finance Authority Act (the “Act”), the Policy, the Guidelines, and to the following conditions:

 

a.           Completion of the renovations to the Project free and clear of mechanics’ liens and claims which could give rise to such liens, and issuance of a certificate of occupancy and/or other applicable governmental approval with respect thereto. A temporary certificate of occupancy may be acceptable in lieu of a certificate of occupancy in the sole discretion of the Authority.

 

b.           Evidence satisfactory to the Authority that the total actual costs of the Project are at least $8,823,500 and that fifteen percent (15%) of such amount, being the required Borrower’s equity, has been expended by Borrower.

 

c.           Evidence satisfactory to the Authority that the Project will be in compliance with applicable zoning, planning and land use laws and regulations.

 

d.           Evidence satisfactory to the Authority that the Borrower and the Project are and will be in compliance with applicable environmental laws, regulations, permits, orders or other environmental requirements and that the real and personal property comprising the Project do not contain hazardous wastes or other adverse environmental conditions.

 

6



 

e.           All representations made by or on behalf of Borrower to the Authority in connection with the Application shall be true and correct as of the date of funding of the Loan.

 

f.            As of the date of funding of the Permanent Loan, no change shall have occurred in the financial condition of the Borrower or in any other aspect of the financing proposal of which the Permanent Loan is a part which, in the judgment of the Authority, materially adversely affects the Borrower’s ability to repay the Permanent Loan or makes unreasonable or unreliable any of the financing assumptions upon which such repayment is predicated.

 

h.           No litigation shall be pending or threatened calling into question or which, if adversely determined, would affect (i) the creation, organization or existence of the Borrower, (ii) the validity of the Permanent Loan documents or (iii) the authority of the Borrower to grant a mortgage on the Project’s real property or a security interest in the Project’s personal property or to make or perform the Loan documents. No proceedings shall be pending or threatened against or affecting the Borrower which involve the possibility of materially and adversely affecting the properties, business, prospects, profits or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower, nor shall the Borrower be in default with respect to any order of any court, governmental authority or arbitration board or tribunal.

 

i.            Such other conditions as the Authority may deem necessary or prudent to assure repayment of the Loan or compliance with the Act, the Policy or the Guidelines.

 

15.         Assignment.  This Commitment shall not be assignable or transferable without the prior written consent of the Authority.

 

16.         Environmental.  The Authority will order a Phase I Environmental to assist it in making a determination of environmental risks in connection with this Project.

 

17.         Survey.  The Authority will order a survey as provided in Exhibit A to assist it in due diligence in connection with this Project. Borrower will be provided with a copy of the survey.

 

18.         Reliance by Borrower and Third Parties.  This Commitment is not intended to benefit any person or entity other than the Borrower and no other person or entity may rely on the terms hereof. Further, the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that (a) any survey, environmental report, inspection, review, acceptance or other

 

7



 

due diligence activity regarding the Project, Borrower or other matters performed by or at the direction of the Authority, its legal counsel or consultants shall be solely for the purpose of satisfying the Authority’s investment criteria and may not be relied on by the Borrower or any other party in making decisions regarding the Project or for any other reason; and (b) the Authority, its legal counsel and consultants shall have no responsibility or liability for the sufficiency, accuracy completeness of the items or information so inspected, reviewed or accepted or for the environmental condition or structural soundness of the Project.

 

19.         Advice to Seek Legal Counsel . The Authority has advised the Borrower to obtain legal counsel in connection with the Construction Loan and Permanent Loan.

 

20.         Effectiveness of Commitment . This Commitment shall not become effective unless the accompanying duplicate copy hereof is returned to the Authority by January 18, 2008 with acceptance endorsed thereon by the signature of an authorized representative of the Borrower, together with a check for the Commitment Fee of $75,000, $6,600 for appraisal costs and $2,200 for environmental report costs.

 

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

/s/ Cris White

 

 

Cris White

 

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

ACCEPTED:

 

 

 

 

 

Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ashutosh Misra

 

Date:

Jan 18 th , 2008

 

Ashutosh Misra

 

 

 

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

Enclosures

 

 

 

8



 

EXHIBIT A

 

COLORADO HOUSING AND FINANCE AUTHORITY

 

A.            CONSTRUCTION LOAN PRE-CLOSING DOCUMENTS.  The Borrower must provide the following Construction Loan Pre-Closing Documents to the Authority:

 

1.              Evidence of hazard and liability insurance coverage for the Borrower and Project in form and substance acceptable to the Authority. The hazard insurance coverage must be at least in an amount equal to the lesser of the principal amount of the Construction Loan or the full replacement cost of the improvements as of Closing and the full value of the personal property owned by the Borrower. The Authority reserves the right to require specific endorsements to the hazard policy, including, but not limited to an agreed value endorsement and non-contributory mortgagee endorsement. If the Project is located in a government designated flood plain, flood insurance coverage must also be acquired. Flood insurance must be in an amount at least equal to the lesser of the principal amount of the Loan or the maximum limit of coverage available under applicable law. The hazard insurance policy and flood insurance policy must contain standard “non-contributory mortgagee” endorsements naming the Authority as a mortgagee with respect to real property and as a loss payee with respect to personal property. The liability insurance policy must name the Authority as an additional named insured. Both the hazard policy and liability policy must provide that such insurance shall not be canceled or materially amended without 30 days prior written notice to the Authority. Generally, evidence of insurance must be a binder on ACORD Form 75. If an insurance policy has been issued, a copy of the policy together with a certificate of insurance on ACORD Form 28 naming the Authority as a mortgagee may be provided.

 

Prior to the commencement of any renovation work on the Project, Borrower shall also furnish the Authority evidence in accordance with the foregoing requirements that the following additional insurance is in effect in form and substance satisfactory to the Authority:

 

Builder’s All Risk Insurance.  Evidence of Borrower’s builder’s all risk insurance including a Completed Value Form in the amount of the renovation work and should include Permission to Occupy Upon Completion coverage and should not exclude risk of collapse or loss of items in transit or stored off-site. The builder’s all risk policy must contain standard “non-contributory mortgagee” endorsements naming the Authority as a mortgagee with respect to real property and as a loss payee with respect to personal property.

 

Commercial General Liability Insurance.  Evidence of the general contractor’s general liability insurance naming the Authority as an additional named insured.

 

1



 

2.              Evidence that the current years insurance is paid as of the date of closing and a paid tax certificate evidencing no unpaid taxes due for the real property.

 

3.             Evidence of Borrower’s equity.

 

4.             A Commitment for a mortgagee’s policy of title insurance from a title company acceptable to the Authority to be ordered by the Authority. The title commitment shall obligate the title company to issue a standard form ALTA Mortgagee Policy in the amount of the Loan free of encumbrances or other exceptions to title other than those approved by the Authority. The commitment must provide for the issuance of an ALTA Form 9 endorsement and the deletion of printed exceptions except for the mechanic’s lien exception as it relates to the renovation work which will be covered by additional endorsements as the funds are disbursed under the Construction Loan. The exception for taxes shall be limited to taxes for the year of closing and future years and any exception for leases and tenancies shall be limited to leases set forth on a rent roll certified by the Borrower. The Authority may require additional endorsements in certain circumstances.

 

5.             ALTA/ASCM Land Title Survey of the real property meeting the following criteria: The survey must be dated within six months of Closing. The survey must be satisfactory to the Authority and certified to the Authority and the title company. The legal description on the survey must be identical to the legal description in the title commitment and all recorded easements or encroachments reflected in the title commitment must be reflected by book and page or reception number on the survey. (To be ordered by the Authority unless agreed otherwise.)

 

6.             Evidence that the real property is not located in a special flood hazard area. (To be ordered by the Authority.)

 

7.             Copies of the Articles of Incorporation of Borrower filed with the Delaware Secretary of State and Statement of Foreign Entity Authority of Borrower filed with the Colorado Secretary of State; a copy of the Bylaws of Borrower; a current (within 90 days) Certificate of Good Standing from the Delaware Secretary of State and Colorado Secretary of State; and a Borrower’s Resolution. The Borrower’s Resolution shall be certified as true and correct by the corporate secretary if a meeting was held or shall be executed by all of the directors if no meeting was held and shall designate the name and title of persons authorized to sign the loan documents.

 

8.              “As Is” Appraisal. (The Authority will order an appraisal of the Project at Borrower’s expense in accordance with the Authority’s appraisal guidelines.)

 

9.             A Phase I Environmental. (To be ordered by the Authority.)

 

2



 

10.            Zoning letter from the appropriate governmental agency evidencing that the real property is appropriately zoned for its intended use. (To be ordered by the Authority.)

 

B.             CONSTRUCTION LOAN CLOSING DOCUMENTS.  The Authority will provide the following Closing Documents to the Borrower for review prior to closing of the Construction Loan and for execution, attestation, sealing and notarization, as appropriate, at closing:

 

1.              Settlement Statement

2.              Promissory Note

3.              Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Financing Statement and Assignment of Rents and Leases

4.              UCC-1 Financing Statement(s)

5.              Borrower’s Resolution

6.              Construction Loan Agreement

7.              Disbursement Agreement

 

C.            PERMANENT LOAN PRE-CLOSING DOCUMENTS.  The Borrower must provide the following Permanent Loan
Pre-Closing Documents to the Authority:

 

1.              Evidence of hazard and liability insurance coverage for the Borrower. The hazard insurance coverage must be at least in an amount equal to the lesser of the principal amount of the Loan or the full replacement cost of the improvements and the full value of the personal property owned by the Borrower and Operating Company. The Authority reserves the right to require specific endorsements to the hazard policy, including, but not limited to an agreed value endorsement and non-contributory mortgagee endorsement. If the Project is located in a government designated flood plain, flood insurance coverage must also be acquired. Flood insurance must be in an amount at least equal to the lesser of the principal amount of the Loan or the maximum limit of coverage available under applicable law. The hazard insurance policy and flood insurance policy must contain standard “non-contributory mortgagee” endorsements naming the Authority as a mortgagee with respect to real property and as a loss payee with respect to personal property. The liability insurance policy must name the Authority as an additional named insured. Both the hazard policy and liability policy must provide that such insurance shall not be canceled or materially amended without 30 days prior written notice to the Authority. Generally, evidence of insurance must be a binder on ACORD Form 75. If an insurance policy has been issued, a copy of the policy together with a certificate of insurance on ACORD Form 28 naming the Authority as a mortgagee may be provided.

 

2.              Evidence that the current years insurance is paid as of the date of closing and a paid tax certificate evidencing no unpaid taxes due for the real property.

 

3



 

3.                Certificate of Occupancy and/or other necessary governmental approvals for the completion of renovations in the Project and occupancy of the Project.

 

4.               Evidence of Borrower’s equity.

 

5.               A Commitment for a mortgagee’s policy of title insurance from a title company acceptable to the Authority. The Authority will order the title insurance commitment if requested by the Borrower. The title commitment shall obligate the title company to issue a standard form ALTA Mortgagee Policy in the amount of the Loan free of encumbrances or other exceptions to title other than those approved by the Authority. The commitment must provide for the issuance of an ALTA Form 9 endorsement and the deletion of printed exceptions. The exception for taxes shall be limited to taxes for the year of closing and future years and any exception for leases and tenancies shall be limited to leases set forth on a rent roll certified by the Borrower. The Authority may require additional endorsements in certain circumstances.

 

6.               Update of the ALTA/ASCM Land Title Survey Improvement Survey provided obtained prior to closing the Construction Loan if it is determined necessary by the Authority to show any renovations made to the Project outside of the footprint of the building comprising part of the Project. (To be ordered by the Authority unless agreed otherwise.)

 

8.               Copies of the Articles of Incorporation of Borrower filed with the Delaware Secretary of State and Statement of Foreign Entity Authority of Borrower filed with the Colorado Secretary of State; a copy of the Bylaws of Borrower; a current (within 90 days) Certificate of Good Standing from the Delaware Secretary of State and Colorado Secretary of State; and a Borrower’s Resolution. The Borrower’s Resolution shall be certified as true and correct by the corporate secretary if a meeting was held or shall be executed by all of the directors if no meeting was held and shall designate the name and title of persons authorized to sign the loan documents.

 

D.            PERMANENT LOAN CLOSING DOCUMENTS. The Authority will provide the following Closing Documents to the Borrower for review prior to closing and for execution, attestation, sealing and notarization, as appropriate, at closing:

 

1.              Settlement Statement

2.              Promissory Note

3.              Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Financing Statement and Assignment of Rents and Leases

4.              UCC-1 Financing Statement(s)

5.              Borrower’s Resolution

 

4




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 10.41


AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

        AMENDMENT NO. 1, dated as of March 3, 2008 (this " Amendment" ), to SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of March 13, 2007 (the " Agreement "), between NORSK HYDRO PRODUKSJON AS, a corporation organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Norway (the " Investor "), and ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the " Company ").

RECITALS

        WHEREAS, on March 13, 2007, the Investor and the Company entered into the Agreement, which, among other things, provides the Investor with options to purchase the Company's securities.

        WHEREAS, Article III of the Agreement contains the terms and conditions of these options including the Initial Warrants Call Option and the Tranche 2 Call Option. While the intent of the Agreement was to provide for multiple exercises of the Tranche 2 Call Option to allow the Investor to reach up to a maximum of 35% of all issued and outstanding Company Common Stock, the language of Section 3.06 of the Agreement does not clearly provide for multiple exercises. The purpose of this Amendment is to clarify the potential and procedure for multiple exercises.

        WHEREAS, the capitalized terms used in this Amendment, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings set forth in Section 1.01 of the Agreement or elsewhere therein.

AGREEMENT

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements and covenants hereinafter set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1.
Amendment to Section 3.06 .     Section 3.06 shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

        SECTION 3.06. Tranche 2 Call Option . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby irrevocably grants to the Investor the right to acquire and to require the Company to sell to the Investor the Tranche 2 Securities (the " Tranche 2 Call Option "). The Tranche 2 Call Option may be exercised, in full or in part and from time to time, by the Investor by providing written notice to the Company in accordance with Section 11.02 , substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto (the " Tranche 2 Call Notice ") at any time after 9:00 a.m., Denver, Colorado time, on the first day of the Option Exercise Period and prior to 5:00 p.m., Denver, Colorado time, on the last day of the Option Exercise Period. Such Tranche 2 Call Notice shall state (i) that the Investor is exercising the Tranche 2 Call Option and (ii) the number of (A) Tranche 2 Shares, (B) Option Class A Warrants and (C) Option Class B Warrants the Investor wishes to purchase, and, upon receipt of a Tranche 2 Call Notice, the Company shall be obligated to sell the number of Tranche 2 Shares, Option Class A Warrants and Option Class B Warrants set forth in such Tranche 2 Call Notice, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

2.
Amendment to Section 3.07 .     Section 3.07 shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

        SECTION 3.07. Tranche 2 Purchase Price . With respect to each exercise of the Tranche 2 Call Option, the purchase price for each (i) Tranche 2 Share subject to each exercise shall be an amount equal to the average of the closing bids for the Company Common Stock on Nasdaq during the five consecutive trading days ending on (and including) the trading day that is one (1) day prior to the date of exercise of the Tranche 2 Call Option (the " Tranche 2 Share Purchase Price "), (ii) Option Class A Warrant subject to each exercise shall be an amount equal to the average of the closing bids for the Company's Class A Warrants on Nasdaq during the five consecutive trading days ending on (and including) the trading day that is one (1) day prior to the date of exercise of the Tranche 2 Call Option (the " Option Class A Warrant Purchase Price ") and (iii) Option Class B Warrant subject to each exercise



shall be an amount equal to the average of the closing bids for the Company's Class B Warrants on Nasdaq during the five consecutive trading days ending on (and including) the trading day that is one (1) day prior to the date of exercise of the Tranche 2 Call Option (the " Option Class B Warrant Purchase Price " and, together with the Tranche 2 Share Purchase Price and the Option Class A Warrant Purchase Price, the " Tranche 2 Purchase Price " and, together with the Tranche 1 Purchase Price and the Initial Warrants Purchase Price, the " Purchase Price ").

3.
Amendment to Section 3.08 .     Section 3.08 shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

        SECTION 3.08. Second Closing . Unless this Agreement shall have been terminated in accordance with Section 10.01 , and subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article IX (except for Section 9.01(a) , which must be satisfied as a condition to each Second Closing and cannot be waived), if a Tranche 2 Call Notice has been duly delivered pursuant to Section 3.06 , the closing of each issuance, purchase and sale of the Tranche 2 Securities provided for in this Article III (each, a " Second Closing ") will take place at 12:30 p.m., Portland, Oregon time, on the second (2nd) business day after the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article IX (other than those that by their terms are to be satisfied or waived at such Second Closing), at the offices of Holland & Knight LLP, 2300 U.S. Bancorp Tower, 111 S.W. Fifth Avenue, Portland, Oregon 97204, unless another time, date or place is agreed to by the Investor and the Company.

4.
Amendment to Section 3.09 .     Section 3.09 shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

        SECTION 3.09. Second Closing Deliveries by the Company . At each Second Closing, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Investor:

5.
Amendment to Section 3.10. Section 3.10 shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows :

        SECTION 3.10. Second Closing Deliveries by the Investor . At each Second Closing, the Investor shall deliver to the Company:

6.
Amendment to Section 3.11 .     Section 3.11 shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

        SECTION 3.11. Redemption of Class A Warrants . If the Class A Warrants have been redeemed by the Company in accordance with their terms on or prior to the date of the Initial Warrants Closing or a Second Closing, as the case may be, the Company shall issue to the Investor, and the Investor shall purchase, accept and acquire from the Company, a number of shares of Company Common Stock, at a price per share equal to the average of the closing bids for the Company Common Stock on Nasdaq during the five consecutive trading days ending on (and including) the trading day that is one (1) day prior to the date of exercise of the Initial Warrants Call Option or the Tranche 2 Call Option, as the case may be, sufficient to ensure that the Investor acquires the percentage ownership of the Company that it would otherwise have acquired had the Company not redeemed the Class A Warrants on or prior to such date.

2


7.
Amendment to Section 7.04(e) .     Section 7.04(e) shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

        SECTION 7.04(e) From the date of this Agreement until the later of (i) the Initial Warrants Closing, and (ii) the first to occur of the Second Closing, if any, at which the Tranche 2 Call Option is exercised in full or exercised as to the remaining securities subject to the Tranche 2 Call Option (the " Final Second Closing ") and the expiration of the Option Exercise Period, the Company shall promptly notify the Investor in writing of any pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened Action by any Governmental Authority or any other person (i) challenging or seeking material damages in connection with the Transactions or (ii) seeking to restrain or prohibit the consummation of the Transactions, which in either case would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect prior to or after the later of (i) the Initial Warrants Closing, and (ii) the first to occur of the Final Second Closing and the expiration of the Option Exercise Period.

8.
Amendment to Section 7.08 .     Section 7.08 shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

        SECTION 7.08. Certain Notices . From and after the date of this Agreement until the later of the Initial Warrants Closing, the Final Second Closing and the expiration of the Option Exercise Period, each party shall promptly notify the other party of (i) the occurrence, or non-occurrence, of any event or any breach or misrepresentation that would reasonably be expected to cause any condition to the obligations of such party to effect the Transactions not to be satisfied or (ii) the failure of such party to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement that would reasonably be expected to result in any condition to the obligations of such party to effect the Transactions not to be satisfied; provided , however , that the delivery of any notice pursuant to this Section 7.08 shall not cure any breach of any representation or warranty requiring disclosure of such matter prior to the date of this Agreement or otherwise limit or affect the remedies available hereunder to the party receiving such notice.

9.
Amendment to Section 10.01 .     The preamble to Section 10.01 shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

        SECTION 10.01. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated and the Tranche 2 Transactions may be abandoned at any time prior to the first to occur of the Final Second Closing and the expiration of Option Exercise Period (the date of any such termination, the " Termination Date ").

10.
Amendment to Section 10.04 .     Section 10.04 shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

        SECTION 10.04. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto at any time prior to the later of (i) the Initial Warrants Closing and (ii) the Termination Date; provided , however , that, after the Stockholder Approval is obtained, no amendment may become effective that would by Law require approval of the stockholders of the Company, without approval of such stockholders. This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

11.
Other Modifications .    References to "the Second Closing" in the Agreement in addition to those addressed above in Sections 1 through 10 of this Amendment, including Sections 4.15(b), 4.15(e), 7.02, 7.03(a), 7.04(d), 7.09, 9.01, 9.02(a), (b),(c) and (g), 9.03(a),(b) and (c), and 11.01(a) of the Agreement, shall be deemed to mean "each Second Closing."

12.
Affirmation of Agreement .    Except as expressly amended herein, all other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in force and effect and are hereby affirmed and ratified.

13.
Governing Law .    This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Laws of the State of Delaware. All actions and proceedings arising out of or relating to this Amendment shall be heard and determined exclusively in any Delaware state or federal court, in each case sitting in the City of Wilmington, New Castle County. The parties hereto hereby (a) submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of any Delaware state or federal court, in each case sitting in the City of Wilmington, New Castle County, for the purpose of any Action arising out of or

3


14.
Counterparts .    This Amendment may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission) in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

4


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Investor and the Company have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date first written above by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.


 

 

NORSK HYDRO PRODUKSJON AS

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
JØRGEN C. ARENTZ ROSTRUP       
Name: Jørgen C. Arentz Rostrup
Title:

 

 

ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
MOHAN MISRA       
Name: Dr. Mohan S. Misra
Title: Chairman

5




QuickLinks

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.1

ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        I, Matthew Foster, President and Chief Executive Officer of Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc., certify that:

        1.     I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc. for the period ended December 31, 2007;

        2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

        3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

        4.     The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

        5.     The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

Date: March 14, 2008

    /s/   MATTHEW FOSTER       
Matthew Foster, President
and Chief Executive Officer



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.2

ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        I, Janet Casteel, Chief Accounting Officer of Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc., certify that:

        1.     I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc. for the period ended December 31, 2007;

        2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

        3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

        4.     The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

        5.     The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

Date: March 14, 2008

    /s/   JANET CASTEEL       
Janet Casteel
Chief Accounting Officer



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32.1

ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT
TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        In connection with the Annual Report of Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2007 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date therein specified (the "Report"), I, Matthew Foster, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge:

Date: March 14, 2008

    /s/   MATTHEW FOSTER       
Matthew Foster, President and
Chief Executive Officer



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32.2

ASCENT SOLAR TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT
TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        In connection with the Annual Report of Ascent Solar Technologies, Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2007 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date therein specified (the "Report"), I, Janet L. Casteel, Chief Accounting Officer of the Company, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge:

Date: March 14, 2008

    /s/   JANET CASTEEL       
Janet Casteel
Chief Accounting Officer



QuickLinks